Trane Technologies Aktienkurs
Insights zu Trane Technologies
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Ist Trane Technologies eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 7.601 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 111,29 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 21,60 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 111,29 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 24,09 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 114,83 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 21,60 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 114,83 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 24,09 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Trane Technologies Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
34 Analysten haben eine Trane Technologies Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
34 Analysten haben eine Trane Technologies Prognose abgegeben:
Beta Trane Technologies Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
MAI
20
Wolfe Research 19th Annual Global Transportation & Industrials Conference
vor etwa einem Monat
|
|
MAI
13
Bank of America 33rd Annual Industrials
vor etwa einem Monat
|
|
MAI
5
Oppenheimer 21st Annual Industrial Growth Virtual Conference
vor etwa 2 Monaten
|
|
APR
30
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor etwa 2 Monaten
|
|
FEB
18
Citi's Global Industrial Tech & Mobility Conference 2026
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
FEB
17
Barclays 43rd Annual Industrial Select Conference
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
JAN
29
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
NOV
12
Baird 55th Annual Global Industrial Conference
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
OKT
30
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
SEP
11
Morgan Stanley’s 13th Annual Laguna Conference
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
JUL
30
Q2 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
aktien.guide Basis
Trane Technologies — Wolfe Research 19th Annual Global Transportation & Industrials Conference
1. Question Answer
Okay. Great. So we're going to wrap up this trio of industrial fireside chats with Trane. And very pleased to welcome back to the Wolfe Conference. Chris Kuehn, CFO of Trane; and Donny Simmons, who's the President of the Americas for Trane Technologies. And the Americas is what, 2/3 of the business, Donny. So it's..
Yes. A little higher than that..
A little bit higher than that. Yes, Math is not my strong suit. So -- but great to have you both here. Thanks for taking the time. Chris, I think maybe spend a minute or so just set the scene, and then we'll get into Q&A.
Yes. Nigel, thanks for having Donny and I and Pat here at the conference. Good to be back in New York. We know it's going to be a very warm day in New York and maybe a warm couple of days this week. So look, the company had a strong start to the year. Maybe a highlight in the first quarter for us where bookings were up 24%. Think of that in Donny's space. Commercial HVAC bookings were up 40% in the first quarter. Applied bookings were up over 160%. So we had a really good start to the year. Backlog reached $10.7 billion at the end of the first quarter. That's up nearly $3 billion from the start of the year. And think of that as 2/3 organic and about 1/3 from acquisitions.
And of the acquisitions, about $1 billion of backlog came from Stellar Energy, which we're really excited about, and we'll probably talk about here this morning on Modular Chiller Solutions that are in the data center vertical today. Services had a very strong start to the year, up low double digits. It's had a low double-digit CAGR for the last 5-plus years a strong start in the first quarter, and we ultimately raised our guidance on the top line and the bottom line for the year based on the start of the year. We do expect strong acceleration into the second half of the year led by our commercial HVAC businesses.
Think of that as the timing of backlog converting to revenue and when customers want products on their job site or request on job dates. And that's what we reaffirmed kind of in the end of April was that acceleration we expect in the second half of the year in commercial and easier comps in residential and transport as well. So we're expecting strong growth as we go into the second half of the year. And with that, I'll turn it back over to you, Nigel.
Thanks, Chris. Of course, being 95 degrees [ today ] in New York is good for business, right? So you must be quite pleased to hit streets and feel that hot air and finally.
We were certainly sweating on the way over here this morning.
Yes, sounds good. So you mentioned the second half acceleration, and I think that makes a lot of sense in terms of the moving pieces. A couple of points. I mean, in terms of the 5% on the mid-single digits you're calling out for 2Q, any moving pieces you can call out for that?
Sure. Overall, I mean, we expect the continued progress in our commercial HVAC business and continued strength there. I mean we think about -- we talked about our transport markets being a bit stronger in the first quarter, but we're holding essentially what we expect here in the first half and for the full year in transport. And then residential, residential, we had a first quarter that was stronger than what we had expected.
We did increase our guide for the full year in residential, and we do feel like our inventories have normalized, and we talked about that in the first quarter. So we're cautiously optimistic there that with residential now expected to be flattish for the full year, we're in a good spot. And commercial HVAC continues to be strong. So we had a very strong first quarter, and we expect the first half and the second half to continue to strengthen.
Yes. And the commercial is, as you mentioned, Chris, very kind of back half loaded in terms of the growth profile. That's something we've seen from a lot of your competitors as well that this back half loading of the growth profile. Maybe just talk about what's causing that back half -- first half, second half, mid-teens plus type organic growth in commercial?
Sure. Look, I mean, first off, I think with commercial, we have to talk about both sides of the business. We talk about our services business being half the business. And we've had low double-digit growth for the last 5, 6 years in services. So automatically, we get that. We've also talked about the fact that we see the unitary markets as being flattish for the full year. So that continued -- that scale up in growth comes from our applied business as well as our services business. And so that first half versus back half and getting to that mid-teens is just meeting the customer requirements and what the customer delivery requirements are throughout the year. That's really what's driving that change.
It's similar for EMEA as well. If you think about the second half order growth profile last year, it just really inflected upwards in Europe, commercial HVAC in Americas, commercial HVAC and that time line just suggests deliveries more in the second half of this year.
Yes. And do you find -- I think you talked about this on the last earnings call, the product time lines for the data center segment is extending. So backlog conversions are a little bit longer than it has been historically.
Yes, we have. I mean, if you look over the last couple of years, that certainly changed. I don't think it's anything drastic in terms of -- I think about it as the customers are giving us more visibility into what they're -- so that they can secure the supply chain that they need. So it's now moved to 12 to 18 months instead of 9 to 12 months. And so it has extended out overall, but that's more of a visibility for the supply base and more than anything else. And so for us, it's helpful.
And for our supply chain, it's helpful because the more visibility that we have. So when we're getting orders that are coming in past our lead times, the lead times for this equipment is 6 to 9 -- it could be 6 months, it could be less. And so when we're getting orders 12 months to 18 months in advance, it gives us a lot of ability to plan accordingly and make sure that we're able to meet those delivery requirements.
Yes. Obviously, a lot of inflation is emerging and has been in place, and I'm sure that continues. When you got longer your backlogs, how do you protect margins? I'm assuming you price for the contract. But what protections do you have against spikes in inflation?
Yes. We -- I mean, it's part of our business operating system, and we've been doing this for a long time. We've had multiyear agreements with customers for a long period of time, and we're always building escalations in to make sure that we're protected throughout. And then for the majority of those contracts, we also have things like tariff protection if something were to change abruptly that we weren't anticipating that we're able to make sure we're able to recover that as part of that process and the contract.
Yes. On the cost side, we continue to hedge base metals, and we'll go out 12 to 18 months for copper and aluminum, and that will get adjusted for volumes as we see volumes grow into the future. But at least for us, it just smooths that inflationary curve and it gives us better insight on what the cost is going to be. So then on Donny side, if you're delivering product a year or 18 months out with a cost escalator, we just get a more precise view of what that cost will be with that hedging strategy. And on steel, it's about a 6-month hedge, right? You're locking in steel consumption, you have about a 6-month lock on price. And then after that, you're a little bit more exposed. But then that just kind of keeps rolling on a 6-month basis for steel.
Has the hedging strategy changed over the last several years? Because I always felt it was like 12-month hedges, but now it seems like we extend.
A little bit further out on copper and aluminum. And so think of it as you're right, Nigel, going from 12 to maybe in that range of anywhere 15 to 18 months. And it really comes down to the forecastability of what we think for volumes. But we're generally, if you're a year to 18 months out, you're probably hedging 20%, 30% of the expected buy and the closer end, you're probably 75%, 80% of the buy. But we'll just keep executing through that strategy and smooth the ups and the downs.
Okay. I'm going to shock you. I do want to talk about data center. touch on data center a little bit. Before that, residential is a real hot topic -- maybe just give us a little bit of color in terms of what you're seeing real time because 1Q is very encouraging. Still very early days in the season, but just give us a little bit color in terms of the conversations with your contractors and distribution partners. And do you lean more optimistic or pessimistic based on what you've seen so far?
Look we lean more optimistic, especially with what we saw in the first quarter, we expected the first quarter to be much lower than what we came in. We were down low single digits. But if you think about that in terms of a year-over-year compare from last year, that's actually a significant improvement if you look at it on a 2-year basis. And so last year, we had a lot of challenges in the first half of the year. We had really 3 major factors. We had a refrigerant transition that was a challenge. We had shortage in canisters and part of that process that really impacted the market in the second quarter of last year.
We had really weather delays, which kind of a shorter season last year, which was also an impact. And that -- and we had at least maybe 1, maybe even 2 prebuys is the way we talk about it last year, one associated with refrigerant, the other associated with the pricing associated with that change as well as the tariff impact. So there are multiple dynamics that hurt last year that makes this year at least seeing what we saw in the first quarter is a positive trend, and that's why we did raise our overall guide for the residential market. Now we're saying flattish for the year. That gets a lot easier in the second half of the year for us, just from a compare standpoint because the second half of last year was very challenging for the overall market based on the inventory build. We do feel like the inventory has normalized in terms of our channel and what that looks like. And -- and so overall, we're optimistic in terms of the market.
It was an aggressive plan in the fourth quarter to take production days out that Donny and his team said, let's go ahead and kind of "take that medicine here as soon as we could. So we took about 1/3 of the production days out in the fourth quarter. We felt at the end of 2025, inventory in the channel is at a good level. We reaffirmed that at the end of the first quarter. And to Donny's point on the flattish guide for the year, it implies volumes will still be a bit negative. There'll be some positive price. But again, first quarter is maybe the least important quarter of the year in terms of residential. We know it's getting warm out there, and we'll see how the year plays out.
Yes. No question. But your guide does seem down like low single digit to mid-single-digit volumes this year, give or take, flattish. It feels like Again, just [indiscernible] from the most insignificant quarter of the year, 1Q, it does feel like we could be up modestly on volumes this year. Is that fair, Donny? Do you think we could be up on volumes?
I think we'll see. It's a little too early to tell through the first quarter. Certainly, that came in better than what we expected, and we feel like we've guided appropriately for what we can see at this point in time.
If it is, we're ready, right? Donny's team has level loaded production this year, which is something different than what we would typically do. The industry typically ramps in the first quarter, second quarter building inventory being ready for the season. We've intentionally level loaded the factories. So what that means is first half, it's a little bit of a headwind. When you think about absorption in the factories, there's less absorption in the first half. That's a tailwind in the second half of the year. So in addition to the easier comps based on what we saw in the industry in the second half of last year, there's also a tailwind coming through in terms of absorption from level loading factories.
Was there anything in 1Q though, Donny, that could have accounted for just a little bit better with distributors getting ahead of price increases or concerns around the impact of tariffs?
No. I mean we didn't see any prebuy in the first quarter. We did announce a price increase in the first quarter for April, but we didn't see anything significant from that in terms of the change. So certainly don't feel like there's any dynamics there that would have caused anything to be different. I believe really what happened is that our impact that we took in the fourth quarter of last year, we've taking production days out, really getting aggressive on the inventory. We also changed our production strategy where we went into this year with a mindset of having a flat production for the full year. where in the past, we would ramp up production. We would do a lot to kind of build inventory in the channel and then let that bleed off at the end of the year. This year, we approached it very differently. So we're going to go in and be more productive. We're going to drive a flat production strategy and manage the inventory throughout that process. And I think that the benefits of that probably were -- we just didn't take into account in the first quarter.
Yes. Okay. That's great. Have you announced -- as of earnings call, you hadn't announced a price increase for resi. Maybe just [ speak ] in terms of that. And then -- but I do want to talk about the fact that Trane, I think you called out, has one plant in Mexico out of the, what, [ 19 ] or so Americas -- very different footprint to some of your competitors. So just wondering how about competitive advantage in the world of tariffs, Section 232 tariffs, how you monetize that advantage?
Yes, certainly. So to answer your first part of your question, pricing, we announced up to a 5% price increase in April, which we announced in the first quarter. And we expect to get 2% realized from that throughout the year. From a manufacturing strategy, we've always had an in-region for-region manufacturing strategy. And so certainly, Mexico is part of the region, but our footprint is predominantly in the United States. And so we have one factory in Mexico. We have 21 factories and then growing in the United States. And so there certainly is a different impact when you think about 232 on our business. Residential product, the majority of our residential product is manufactured in the U.S. between Texas, Georgia and New Jersey. And so we're well positioned from that standpoint.
But I guess your competitors have to are forced to go out with much more aggressive price increases. I think some of the competitors have gone out with high single-digit price increases, plan to realize 5%. So it feels like there's a price divergence in the market, [ Trane ] at the low end, some of the competitors at the high end. Do you think that causes some elasticity and some share shifts this year?
Well, what I'll say is when Donny talked about the price increase in the first quarter, it was effective April 1. And we know that there's new intelligence that came out in terms of tariffs and inflation, and that's also inclusive of raw materials and base metals. So we'll run our business operating system and ultimately evaluate what those cost inputs are, and we'll evaluate first, how do we mitigate those costs. Again, having the majority of our factory and assembly manufacturing operations in the U.S. We'll continue to keep moving that in-region, for-region strategy for suppliers. But then we'll look at pricing as an option if we need to. So we don't want to get in front of our businesses in terms of anything they may be doing. I'm aware that some competitors have announced maybe some price increases more recently. But at this point, we're going to run it through our business operating system, see what we can do to mitigate and then we'll evaluate anything further.
Okay. Let's move on to data center. I'd be really curious, first of all, before we get into the kind of any views on pipelines, et cetera. How is Trane strategy evolving? Because I think at the very basic level, the view is that Trane and your competitors to ship chillers into the data center. But you've made some pretty smart acquisitions, Stellar could be a Stellar acquisition. How does that -- what are the kind of the LEGO pieces you're building here to put together a more integrated offering?
So I'll start with -- we always approach our customers from a system perspective. And so we're working with our customers on the system and how to make that system more efficient. And so the innovation pipeline that we have in the data center space is rapidly growing, and it's rapidly changing. So where typically, we would have a new product that would launch, say, historically in a 2- to 3-year time frame, we're now doing that in 12 months. So we're working on concepts with our customers and then developing those. And then when you look at how we've grown the portfolio when we've moved kind of downstream into the Stellar acquisition, think about Modular Chiller plants. where we're -- it's part of the system, but we're also able to make our customers more efficient because of labor constraints.
We're able to produce a better product for them in terms of a modular chiller plant that has production quality in a factory as opposed to stick built in the field. So that adds productivity to our customers. It helps them with the challenges that they have from an overall supply chain standpoint. And then you look further downstream in LiquidStack and the capability for us to enhance our capabilities from a total system standpoint when you get into liquid cooling and the expertise that we acquired when we acquired LiquidStack, we're really proud of and a very robust innovation pipeline there that continues to help make sure that we're positioned well to have that system conversation with our customers.
We met with your team at the recent conference in D.C. and one of the things that they were highlighting was the reference designs that you have the factories. How important is that in terms of driving share?
Look, it's an extremely important aspect of our business is to make sure that we're working on those reference designs. And we're not the only ones creating reference designs, right? But it is extremely important because it gives a road map point of view in terms of what that -- the design of that factory should be, and it gives a third-party validation of what that should look like. And so it's not just Trane saying, here's a reference design. It's -- in that case, it's NVIDIA as well, saying this is the appropriate design for this system.
Do you find the customers that come to you still very much on a product basis? So Chiller, [ CRAH ], [ CDU ] separate or a system approach.
No, it's a system approach, and that's really what these reference designs are all about is to make sure we're approaching it from a system point of view so that we can drive efficiency in the total system. And we're not having individual conversations. We're talking about the complete system. It doesn't mean that we don't have customers that only buy chillers or only buy [ CRAHs ]. Certainly, we have that. But predominantly, when you're looking at our approach to the market, our approach is that system approach.
What they're also talking about is the ability not only to build out the product in the time frame that they want, but also tell us about your commissioning capabilities. Tell us about your service capabilities after the product is installed. And so we've made some significant investments within our service fleet, which we had for years and our service technicians, we have about 7,000 globally and 4,500 in the Americas, where they are direct serving really the applied markets and one of the verticals being data centers.
We just opened up a new service technician training center in Davidson, North Carolina. It's a state-of-the-art service technician training center, and we've actually brought customers through it who were concerned about commissioning in the field given the labor shortages. And they've come back and said, we're comfortable training that you've got the right technology or the right people. They think about the order even more broadly than just the equipment, the readiness for commissioning, and we've been able to show that we've got, I think, the best people on the street for that.
Maybe just remind us, Donny, on the deal [ map ] for Stellar. I mean what is it coming in at in terms of revenues, I don't know, margin profile? And where do you see that I think the backlog was quite high.
Yes. We brought in $1 billion of backlog with the business. Think about that as this year, we're going to have $500 million in revenue from that business. And eventually, we'd see that business getting to a mid-teens EBITDA level. So we're very positive in terms of what that brings us overall.
Yes. For this year, with the $500 million, we said it's going to be marginally modestly accretive on the bottom line. And the reason being because of all the investments we need to put in to scale it from a revenue business last year in 2025, it was about a $350 million revenue business to even $500 million this year. That's a scale -- and to Donny's point, we see this in 2 to 3 years being a $1 billion revenue business, mid-teens plus EBITDA. So scaling it to that regard not only means let's look at the current production facilities in Florida, but we're adding another production facility in Texas. It's kind of one of the reasons why we raised our CapEx guide from 1% to 2% to 2% to 3% of revenue for this year, still very modest at the end of the day for investments. But that's where we're going to bring that business operating system to scale.
And think about procurement, think about how to run lines. Donny has been doing this for years in terms of running businesses and understanding how to bring that business operating system in at the same time, learn from what those teams have done well procurement opportunities, how do we run lines of the space that we need to and then set up a brand-new factory running the way that we need. That's going to be a really nice opportunity for us. But think of that investment this year, probably carrying over a bit into first part of next year to make sure that we've got the capacity we need to grow the business.
What's really exciting about that business for me as an operator in the business, like think about a modular Chiller plant, it's like 3x the size of this room from a footprint standpoint, okay? One section is think about that as 3 sections. One section is your chiller plant. One section is your electrical and one section is your mechanical, so piping. So you're making those in a production environment. In the field, those would typically be stick built. You build it up from the ground up. We're making in a production environment, flowing those through a factory in 3 sections and then putting them together at the end and then fielding and then just modularly connecting them in when we actually install them in the field. So it's a transformational change in the industry.
We're the only ones that have factories that are flowing product like this down the factory floor, and we're starting another factory right now in Texas. So we'll have 2 very large factories producing these modular chiller plants. And what's exciting about that is beyond data center, data center is one aspect, but we have chiller plants are constructed for every vertical market you can think of. And we now have that capability to provide that same value to those customers in the other markets, the other vertical markets we talk about, health care, [ K-12 ], office. I mean, any one of these verticals, industrial, we can apply that same capability to serve those markets as well.
Any questions from the audience? So please put your hand continue. So I guess the only problem you have in commercial is the comps keep getting tougher, yet you keep on comping the comp. So the treadmill gets faster, you keep on running faster.
That's one way to look at it.
Confidence in continuing to show double-digit order growth. I'm not quarter-by-quarter. I'm talking about just generally speaking, just comping that comp.
Look, I think for us, certainly, the second half comps become more challenging for us, but we're really happy and excited about the pipeline of opportunities that we have. So there's no deterioration in our pipeline. And so we don't guide on our -- what we would expect from an order rate standpoint and the second half comps will be more challenging. But like I said, the pipeline is strong. So we have a lot of positive coming.
Yes. And we'll remind investors, the growth rates are important, look at absolute dollars as well and then look at the revenue growth rates and tie them all out together. And again, we think about it going into each and every year, top quartile top line growth, top quartile EPS growth and then driving 100% of cash flow to operating earnings to net income. And keep with that philosophy, I think we'll be in good shape. That's how we see 2026 playing out.
So maybe not triple-digit growth anymore, but very healthy double digits. Okay. But would you be surprised if -- I mean, the question we get is, at some point, do we start to consume backlog? It doesn't seem like that's on the cards, but just...
Yes. Let's see how it plays out. I mean we've added, again, as I said earlier, about $3 billion of backlog in the first quarter. We typically add a few hundred million dollars. And again, 2/3 of that was organic and 1/3 of that was from acquisition. But to Donnie's point, the pipelines remain robust. On the data center side, those orders can be uneven in terms of size. We said in the first quarter, we had roughly the same number of those larger orders over $100 million, a couple of those in the first quarter, just like we did in the fourth quarter. So it can be uneven and with the timing of that. But what it does, it gives us a lot of visibility.
And from that, we can make investments and have a lot of confidence in terms of what we need to be ready for from customers. But just a reminder on the data center side, when you think about our direct sales force, which is a common model we have in the Americas and in Europe and in Asia for commercial HVAC, over 95% of our account managers do not call on data center customers. They call on the 13 other verticals that we serve that are largely served from applied, also unitary product. But it's a small group of folks that call on data center customers, the hyperscalers, the [ colos ], it's, I don't know, 30, 40 customers, plus or minus off of that. And so think about our direct sales force after 3 years, they're commissioned sales agents for the company, direct to the company. They're calling on all those other verticals.
And I'll tell you, Donny spends a lot of time with our sales force, me less so, although the last 2 weeks, I've been in the New York office and I've been in the Florida office, the West Palm office with our direct sales force. And I couldn't be excited -- more excited about the pipelines that they see around education, higher ed, hospitals and infrastructure that just needs to be upgraded. They're focused on that each and every day. So while data centers will be strong, and we will -- we've been strong in data centers for decades, we're also making sure that we're cultivating and growing in all the other verticals that are out there that can serve our products.
And the driver of those pipelines in those areas because we don't see that strength really in the [ PIP ] data necessarily. Is it decomp, electrification? What are the drivers of that strength?
I mean I think those are certainly components to it. I mean the driver for us is a system view and how do we help save our customers' money. And we often talk about the fact that 30% of energy used in a building is wasted after the meter. So the buildings are operating inefficiently. So for us, focusing on that with our customers and how we can create a payback for them to reduce their overall operating cost is what drives the pipeline that we have.
Any leaky buckets in those 13 verticals...
Yes, there's some leaky buckets. I mean there's spotty. I mean you think about life sciences, [ K-12 ] is slower, but really think about that in the context of the past few years where there was a lot of momentum and growth in [ K-12 ]. So we do see lodging is a bit slow as well. But overall, there's a lot of strength. We see strength in health care. We see strength in retail. We see strength in office. There's a lot of strength.
Government was strong. Government first quarter.
A question -- can we get the mic?
You talked about the advantages you get from the Stellar acquisition. Could you also just spend a minute talking about the advantages of the LiquidStack acquisition, please?
Certainly. So LiquidStack gives us advantages in terms of our ability to participate in the liquid cooling aspects of the market and the expertise that we get from that team that was part of the acquisition and the innovation pipeline that they have that will enable us to just continue to advance our full capabilities in the system design for our customers.
Then maybe my final question would be on transport actually transportation. We're seeing a lot of momentum in freight rates seems like there could be a pretty powerful cycle for in there. Any views on that? And are we seeing any evidence of that cycle forming?
Yes. So look, we've talked about the fact that the second half of the year, we expect to see growth in the transport markets. All the underlying factors are going in the right direction. Spot rates are increasing fleet utilization is increasing. Fuel prices actually helped this market overall. So we certainly are excited about the fact that we've been in a 4-year downturn of an 18-month downturn like we're in year 4 when we talked about it last year, but we're even more confident now that we see that finally coming back.
Fleets are at their oldest they've ever been in 30, 40 years. So at some point, that's where the excitement is. So I think we're aligned with the external data where they think production will be. and we're aligned that there'll be growth in 2027, maybe not to the same scale of growth that some of them are calling, but there's going to be growth in 2027. And let's see how this year plays out. But we're excited to have that part of the portfolio, the residential portfolio in the second half of the year growing and then the continued growth in the commercial HVAC portfolio, the exit rates in 2026 should be much stronger going into '27.
Right. And I think on transport, too, the last thing is that we just have to be cautious like it will take some time for the supply chain to be able to ramp up and meet the demand in the market and specifically trailers. So the trailer manufacturers' ability to ramp up and meet that requirement will impact how fast that -- how steep that climb is as well.
Okay. Great. Well, thanks, Donny. Thanks, Chris. Great discussion. And thanks again for being here.
Thank you, Appreciate it. Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Wolfe Research 19th Annual Global Transportation & Industrials Conference
Trane Technologies — Wolfe Research 19th Annual Global Transportation & Industrials Conference
Fireside-Chat: Trane meldet starke Q1-Bookings, erhöht Guidance und setzt auf modular gefertigte Chiller, Liquid-Cooling und Hedging zum Margenschutz.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Buchungen & Backlog: Q1-Buchungen +24% YoY; Commercial HVAC +40%, Applied +160%; Backlog $10,7 Mrd (+~$3 Mrd v. Jahresbeginn).
- H2-Fokus: Management erwartet Beschleunigung im zweiten Halbjahr durch Backlog-Konversion, Services- und Applied-Wachstum.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Modulare Chiller: Übernahme Stellar bringt werksgefertigte Modular-Chiller; skalierung mit neuer Fabrik in Texas, Ziel: $1 Mrd Umsatz in 2–3 Jahren.
- Liquid Cooling: LiquidStack-Akquisition ergänzt Systemangebot für Rechenzentren (Flüssigkühlung) und beschleunigt System‑Innovationen.
- Service & Produktion: ~7.000 Servicetechniker global; Residential-Fabriken "level loaded" statt Saisonramp, geringere Variabilität, bessere H2-Absorption.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Guidance/CapEx: Management hat Umsatz‑ und Ergebnis‑Guidance erhöht; CapEx‑Ausblick moderat angehoben auf etwa 2–3% des Umsatzes, vor allem zur Skalierung von Stellar.
- Hedging & Margen: Kupfer/Alu‑Hedging jetzt 12–18 Monate, Stahl ~6 Monate; Verträge mit Preis‑Eskalatoren und Zollschutz nutzen.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Residential‑Momentum: Analysten fragten nach Volumen-Ausblick; Management bleibt vorsichtig, sieht Q1 positiv, führt Inventarnormalisierung an und guide für Jahr "flach".
- Preisdivergenz: Nachfrage nach Wirkung unterschiedlicher Wettbewerber‑Preiserhöhungen; Trane betont Business‑Operating‑System, zuerst Kostenmitigation, dann ggf. Preisanpassungen.
- Data Center & Backlog: Thema Zeitachse und Pipeline; Orders für Rechenzentren dauern jetzt 12–18 Monate, Stellar‑Backlog ~$1 Mrd, 2026 Revenues ~ $500 Mio, mittelfristig margenträchtig.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Investoren‑Kern: Solide Q1‑Buchungen und wachsendes Backlog stützen gehobene Guidance; Akquisitionen erweitern Angebot (modulare Chiller, Liquid‑Cooling) und rechtfertigen leicht erhöhtes CapEx. Risiken: Timing der Backlog‑Konversion, Wettbewerbsgetriebene Preisbewegungen und zyklische Sektoren (Transport, Rechenzentren) mit ungleichmäßigem Bestellfluss.
Trane Technologies — Bank of America 33rd Annual Industrials
1. Question Answer
Hi, I'm Andrew Obin, BofA's multi-industrial analyst. And with us, we have management of Trane Technologies. We have David Regnery, Chairman and CEO; and Chris Kuehn, Executive Vice President and CFO. I guess we'll just jump into the fireside, right?
Great. Thanks, everyone, for coming today. Appreciate it.
Always a pleasure to have you here. So maybe we can start with tariffs and inflation, now more visible than 90 days ago. Where do you see pressure points on price cost as we head into the second half?
Chris, I'll let you start?
Yes, sure. As we said on our call a couple of weeks ago, it is a bit more inflationary from a tariff perspective and from a raw material input perspective than when we started the year in January. We think we have that captured in our guide. We raised our full year guide to 7% revenue growth and EPS growth of 13% to 15%.
But look, we're going to leverage our business operating system. Unfortunately, we've had to get really good at this over the last 5, 6 years from inflation and our tariffs and looking to mitigation first and then ultimately, if we need to, to deploy pricing. But I think, Andrew, from a relative perspective, as a company that has been in region for region for well over a decade, we have 21 factories that serve our North America business and 20 of those factories are in the U.S. So over 95% of what we sell in the U.S. is either manufactured and/or assembled in the United States.
So we like having that framework. But I said it's a little bit more inflationary based on some movements in tariff. It's a dynamic area, but we think we have that captured in the guide for the year. Maybe some near-term pressure on price versus inflation. But over the medium to long term, we'll make sure that we're driving to the spread.
And I think the industry announced a number of price increases in early May. Would those be normal? Or would those be sort of to reflect inflationary pressures?
I can't speak for the entire industry. I'll just say for us, what we did is we announced a price increase in February. It was effective April 1. We have that baked into the guide that when we had our call just a couple of weeks ago. And again, it's a very dynamic environment in terms of cost, and we'll keep taking those inputs. We'll understand what we can do to mitigate with suppliers. And then one of the areas we'll have to -- may have to use is pricing to have an offset. But we're going to take all those inputs, and I don't want to get in front of our teams in terms of what they're thinking.
Yes. I mean just to reiterate a little bit of what Chris said here. Look, we've been -- our business operating system, we've proven how we could stay ahead of inflation. And we've had a lot of practice over the last, I'll say, 5 years, but we're very comfortable we'll stay ahead of it this time as well.
So maybe we can talk about commercial HVAC. So applied HVAC bookings were up over 106% in the quarter. How much of that strength is data center driven versus traditional verticals like health care, education and government?
Yes. Look, our applied bookings have been up over 100% for 3 quarters in a row. So they're up 160% last quarter, but they've been up over 100% for the last 3 quarters. And data centers are very strong, okay? But I would also tell you that we're strong in many other verticals as well. Healthcare, you mentioned for one. Certainly, higher ed is another one that we've been very strong in. High-tech industrial, we've been strong in. Government, we've been very strong in, whether it be municipal or state or federal.
Look, we're the company out there that doesn't talk about the size of our business in data centers. And just to be fair, I'll explain to you the why, right? We've made the investment in a direct sales force, and we've had that investment for decades now. And it's a very expensive model to go to market in. However, when you have a direct channel, you have a very strong channel. And we're not going to disclose the size of any vertical, whether it be data centers or healthcare or you pick another vertical just because we don't need to be able to tell others that have not made that investment where we see opportunities. And it's that reason why.
But I would tell you that we're very strong in data centers. We've been very strong in data centers for decades and we will be very strong well into the future. But you should also know that this 100% plus growth that we've seen in Applied over the last 3 quarters is more than just data centers. And if you think about it, 95% plus of all of our account managers or our sales force does not call on data centers. So there's a reason why we have strength that's broad-based.
Right. I mean it seems it's compensated for -- regionally for the entire portfolio.
Absolutely. Well -- and most of our account managers or sales force are on 100% commission. So they're going to go out and become experts in particular verticals and particular geographic areas so they could help serve our customers.
So maybe just talk about pricing in applied HVAC. I assume is it price cost positive?
We haven't done that or provided an info on an individual P&L or product line. I would say, for the enterprise in the first quarter, we had a little over 1.5 points of price. We've guided the year. It's probably approaching 2 points of price. But when I think about Applied Systems, we're not only thinking about the equipment for day 1, we're thinking about the service tail that comes with that over a many-year journey.
And if we stick with data centers, for example, that service growth is really in front of us. So what you're seeing with converting to revenues is really equipment. And you can see, I think, strong performance in our Americas business and our European business in terms of margins. So we like the margins on the equipment. We like making sure that we have that customer for life because it isn't just one application. It's a journey in terms of how they're thinking about their footprint and whatever vertical they're in, build out capital expenditure plans for a customer for the next 5 years and get through all of their assets and build with them a journey. That's how we think about customers for life. So...
And just as Applied is growing faster now than unitary, how strong -- how should we think about incremental margins, particularly once Stellar and LiquidStack are fully integrated and operating at scale?
Yes. Look, we like the 25% plus framework that we start generally every year with. And we do that because the pipeline of investments that we have is very, very strong. And we like ensuring investors that we have the minimums we're going to deliver. And if we can do better than that, we will. Last couple of years, we've done a little better than that on the incrementals. But that's where our guide was for this year and where we're holding to 25% plus. Let's see what happens by the time we get to July. We're halfway through the year. And obviously, at that point, well within what we think for the balance of the year will be.
But you mentioned Stellar, you mentioned LiquidStack. I think we should talk a little bit about Stellar. It's a great acquisition. It has some very modest EPS accretion this year. We said about $0.03 of accretion in year 1. But we see that business in the next 2 to 3 years growing from $350 million of revenue that they generated last year, okay, prior to our ownership to $1 billion of revenue, we think, in the next 2 to 3 years with mid-teens EBITDA with a plus sign after that.
The other thing about Stellar is it's serving data centers today 100%, and it's modular chiller plants. So think of it as a chiller pumping station as well as the electrical infrastructure that would get assembled on a job site. So it's basically taking a lot of the skilled labor that's required on a job site and moving it to your factory where it's very controlled and it really speeds up the installation process as well as eliminating what they would call stick build on the job site.
Well, if you think about the scarcity of skilled labor, it's not unique to data centers. So we're seeing this in many verticals. So we believe that in the future, Stellar will be serving more than just the data center vertical. This is very applicable in all of our vertical markets that we serve today. So we're really excited about Stellar. It's only been about 60 days now, maybe 65 or so, but off to a great start. We're excited about what the future is.
Think about it. This is a business that's got a $1 billion backlog. Half of it will ship this year. And in 2 to 3 years, this will be a $1 billion business at mid-teens EBITDA.
And think about the investments. So a business that needs to ramp and scale, we know how to do that very well. And so think about our business operating system being deployed to the business, learning from them what's worked for them, but also at the same time, let's think about procurement. Let's think about factory flow. There's a factory in set of factories we acquired in Florida. We're actually expanding given the backlog that we see in the pipelines, we're expanding through a new facility in Texas.
So as I mentioned in my numbers earlier of how many factories we have in the U.S., we should be adding 2 to that by the end of this year in terms of our investment. And -- but it will take some time. We're going to have investments this year. They'll probably carry over into 2027. But let's make sure we've got a nice scalable business here, and I think we know exactly how to do that.
Alright. Can we just sort of talk about lead times? And I think they are extending at the customer decision level. Does that give you better visibility or raise risk around lumpiness and execution?
Yes. I think I tried to answer this on our earnings call. I think I got a lot of comments that maybe I didn't do a great answer. But look, lead times, we have published lead times or what we would publish to a contractor. And think of it as some of our products, the lead time can be weeks. Some of our products could be up to 6 months. Think of a centrifugal chiller. That's the lead time.
Now over time, lead time has actually contracted, right? So we've actually improved a lot of that. In fact, for the first time in a long time, we have quick ship programs that we're able to meet our customers' needs should they have an emergency. So that's lead time.
The second question is what are customers asking for, right? So a customer would say, I can give it to you in 6 months, but the customer will say, "I don't want it in 6 months. I want it in 12 months. I want it in 18 months." So they're giving us a lot more visibility to what they need, specifically in the data center vertical. So they're out there saying that here's my plan for the next 12 months or in some cases, even 18 months as to making sure that we have plenty line of sight to what their needs will be.
As far as risk factor, I don't really see a risk factor. We only put something in our backlog when we have a signed PO. So it's a signed PO. Our backlog of $10.7 billion at the end of the first quarter is all equipment. We do not put service in our backlog. So it's just equipment and there's all signed POs. And once there's a signed PO, you could assume, especially in the data center vertical that there's a green light to start construction and power will be supplied to that data center.
And from that perspective, I mean, we've been hearing, I think, in the channel, some concerns about just delays of the field with the EPCs. Are you seeing that?
Well, I mean, I think that in the data center space, they're pretty aggressive build cycles. So we haven't necessarily seen any, what I would call, delays that I would say are chronic, but there can be delay on any job cycle. We haven't seen that become a trend yet. But I would tell you that there's very aggressive build cycles in data centers. So we'll see how that progresses. But I don't see that becoming a cancellation. I see that being a pushout, right? Once you have the approval and you have the power source, that data center is going to be built. And we won't get a PO until that clearance has happened. So I don't -- I see it maybe there could be delays, but I don't see any cancellations.
Right. But these delays is it enough to create volatility quarter-to-quarter versus your plan?
It could, but I wouldn't see these things being -- these could be, I don't know, 4-week, 6-week, 8-week delays. But eventually, that will start to lap itself. So your backlog will just move out. I don't see that as a major risk right now.
Got you. I appreciate it. How sort of to -- as you go into data centers, right, you've extended your data center toolkit with Stellar and LiquidStack. So how do you think about sort of growing your presence inside data-centric in terms of product, systems, life cycle services? And another thing I sort of want to add, there was an interview with Jensen and he sort of said that he wants to have partners in the room and sort of to be able to design next generation of product and effectively sort of saying that specific product capabilities become less relevant. What becomes more relevant is to have the total system capability, design, install, commission, service. How do you maintain the seat at the table with NVIDIA? And what capabilities do you need to sort of to grow your presence there?
Yes. I would say, well, we were in the room, okay, number one. So that's a good thing. I'm glad you brought that up. We are part of the reference design. In fact, it's actually published on NVIDIA's website. We've had 2 different reference design. We did one about, I guess, 8 months ago. We did another one that was just released and published probably about 2 months ago. And he's right.
You got to think of it at a system level. It's not a component, it's at a system, right? And this is the same philosophy we've had in buildings forever, right? This is how we go to market. With the breadth of our portfolio, we're able to think of things at a system level, right? It's not a particular component within the system. It can be the greatest efficiency you want. But if the whole system isn't delivering that efficiency, you're at a loss. And that's where Jensen is getting it with, I'm assuming, by making that statement.
So we're really good at the thermal management system within the data center because we have many of the components and/or we have a partner that will have another -- some of those components, especially at the cold plate, but we know how to interface with it. And if you think of it at a system level, you're going to open your mind as to what the possibilities are and how efficient to make that particular data center thermal management system.
But this isn't new to us. This is how we win in our core verticals, right? It's funny because when I was younger in my career, it was always used to have regulations about components within a product, like the compressor has to be at a certain efficiency level. And I was always thinking myself, what the heck does that matter about how efficient the compressor is if the entire product isn't efficient.
And it's now -- so that everyone's gotten smarter on how they regulate products now. And it's so why are they longer at a component level. It's now at the product level, but you need to take the product and think of it at a system level. And that's what we do in not only data centers but all the verticals today. And there's a massive service opportunity, by the way. You were talking about how to think about it at a system level, a massive service opportunity that's in front of us in data centers.
Some of your competitors have published data that sort of indicates that perhaps service opportunity related to data center is greater than regular. Would you care to comment?
I would say it's probably the same. These are applied systems that are very complex. I think that data center customers are very risk-averse, so they want to make sure the OEM is doing the service work. So maybe that's what they're referring to, but we're connected to all of our applied systems coming out. So it's not -- for us, it's probably the same...
[indiscernible]
I think one of the other points you touched on, Andrew, just to go back to is this commissioning capability. This is a competitive advantage that we have. It's not being able just to be able to supply the components to the system in a data center, it's being able to make sure they're going to operate and you commission them to make sure they're operating the right way. And with over 7,000, 6,500 global technicians, we have a workforce that's geared to do this. And we had a major colo come to our operations in Davidson, and I was telling them about how we commission and how we train technicians to commission data centers.
And I guess they came to Verify, trust with Verify. And they came in and we took them through our training center, which is now state of the art. And they were just like, "Oh my gosh, you do all this." And there was actually a class going on with technicians about how to commission in a data center. And it's just the depth that we have, the knowledge that we have, the ability to invest in the technicians so they become the best possible. This particular colo gave us 100% of their order, which is somewhat unheard of in the data center space. But it was all based on our ability to make sure that we commission the products.
Sure. Maybe talk a little bit about M&A. I think M&A related to data center cooling has been picking up. How do you think about your strategic positioning? And what would it take for you to consider a larger deal in this space?
Well, I mean, as a major HVACR player, we're going to get a chance to see, obviously, everything on a global basis. I say everything, but the majority. So we're going to take a look at it. Obviously, we'll evaluate it. Look, we did acquire Stellar. We did acquire LiquidStack. Those are in that space. We always want to make sure that we're -- we want to add value to our shareholders, right? At the end of the day, that's one of my and Chris' jobs is to make sure that any acquisition is going to be accretive to our business in the long term.
So you always have to be careful about what you're paying for these businesses to make sure that you're getting the proper returns. And I would tell you that we've been very disciplined. I think you've all seen that over the last several years that we're a very disciplined orchestrated company here that's very -- has added a lot of value with the M&A that we've been able to do.
And just another sort of topic, fairly controversial topic. We're getting a lot of incoming questions about the evolve...
You like to give me the controversial?
Because you guys do well. Evolving architecture of the data centers, sort of more dry cooling, maybe less chiller content, absorption cool -- absorbing cooler chillers. So, a, how do you see the technology evolving? And second question, which I think is sort of more important, what do you think it does to thermal content per megawatt and service opportunity, right? Because it goes back to the sort of extreme how we design thing, like the point solutions will evolve, but I think a more relevant number, I think, is content per megawatt, your ability to capture it and how much service does it generate. There's 2 ways of looking at it.
Yes. I mean, at the end of the day, we're part of reference designs, which is some of the terminology that you use, part of data centers of the future. Some hyperscalers will use that terminology. And we are designing data centers. Think of it as what's the data center going to look like in 18 months or 24 months. And there are different technologies that are being deployed in those developments.
I guess the general rule, I would say is think of chillers being smarter and more integrated. And as the temperature -- as the chips can have a higher water temperature to be cooled at, the chillers will be smarter as to how they remove the heat that's there. Think about it as if the water is hitting the cold plate at a certain level, right, whatever that level is, it's leaving at a temperature that's much higher, right? Think of it as 20 to 25 degrees F higher. That's the heat that needs to be removed.
So regardless of what you started, if it's 45C, it's still going to have to be removed. And how you remove that is why I say chillers will be smarter. So think of it as a chiller farm being able to understand what mode that chiller farm should operate in. So should I be in a free cooling mode? Okay, depending on the ambient air, maybe. Should I be in a vapor compression mode? Maybe. Maybe not all the chillers are operating in a particular mode, maybe only some of them are, and you're worried more about the leaving water temperature out of that chiller farm or segments of that chiller farm. Those are all things that are evolving that we're working on. I haven't seen any reference designs or data center of the future that does not have a chiller in it, okay? How those chillers are operating? Yes, I've seen lots of different variations on that.
But how to think about dollar, right? Because if you think, such a small portion of the total -- of total cost for data center, and it's so critical. Like the feedback we get is that this is going to get more and more complex?
It's certainly getting more complex because what you're doing now is you're building like dry coolers into your chiller, right? Maybe we won't even call them chillers in the future, right, because these things are different. The use of water in a data center is -- you don't want to necessarily use evaporative cooling, right, because you use a lot of water. So many colos and hyperscalers are saying, we're not going to -- we're going to have all closed-loop systems. Well, there's a different complication associated with that.
We have some that are looking for how can we go from chiller to chip, right? Interesting concept. We have a hyperscaler that's working on that. And how do you do that? What do you do with deionized water? You do it with stainless steel components because it's about purity of water and how do you maintain water flows. So all that is part of this chillers getting smarter in the future kind of mindset that you need to have.
And maybe last data center question. How much exposure do you have to neoclouds? And is that portion of the market evolving differently than sort of more hyperscaler focused?
I think neoclouds are getting -- they're getting bigger, so we could see if they are. I think we deal with all chiller customers. So you'd have to be specific with the name, and then I probably wouldn't tell you anyone [ what you do ] with everyone. So everyone is our friend if they're a customer.
Got you. Maybe on residential, since first quarter earnings, what has the residential market looked like? How has the start to the selling season been?
Let me start?
Sure.
Yes. I mean our first quarter, we had guided residential down around 20%, and the business did better than that. It was down about mid-single digits. I think the most important part was entering the year, we wanted the inventory in the channel to be at the right levels, okay? And we took some drastic actions in the fourth quarter internally from a production perspective. We took about 1/3 of the production days out of our residential business in the fourth quarter.
We also decided starting this year, we would level load the factories. And the path usually has been you ramp up production through the first quarter into the second quarter to build inventory to be ready for season. This year, we said, okay, we're going to take the inventories to the right level in the channel. We're going to level load production this year and ultimately had a good start to the first quarter. It is just the first quarter, right? It's maybe the least significant quarter of the 4 for residential. But what we're doing this year, again, that level loading, it will put a little pressure on the first half of the year when you think on a year-over-year basis incrementals. That will be a nice tailwind for the second half, though.
And also we have easier comps going into the second half of the year, just given the challenges we saw with 2 prebuys last year, refrigerant change and ultimately, maybe not whether that was as cooperative. So we raised our guidance to stay flattish for the year for residential. It means volumes will be down, right? There'll be some positive price in there, but very happy where the channel started the year and happy where the channel ended at the end of the first quarter.
Yes. Look, we're probably the ones that are more bullish on residential than maybe others. Like 2025 was a really, really strange year for residential, right? You had a prebuy with refrigerant. You could argue you had another prebuy with tariffs. And then all of a sudden, you had a refrigerant problem where you couldn't install new units, so you couldn't burn through the inventory and you had a really short selling season, meaning it was a lot cooler last year than it had been in a long time. So we could argue about what of that's going to repeat in 2026, but the first 3 are not. So we'll see how the year progresses. But as Chris said, it's the first quarter, but we're off to a good start in that business.
But with level loading, does that mean that -- insofar as sell-in?
No, no, think of it more as what your manufacturing output. So instead of ramping up your factory output in the first 4 months of the year and then letting it drift as you see demand in the back half, we're basically just going to manufacture at the same level.
Right. But from that perspective, it means that there's not going to be a lot of variability to second quarter unless demand is really well outside your range?
You have inventory that buffers that your own inventory. So if you had additional needs, you'd be able to satisfy that with the inventory level.
With the inventory level.
Yes, and then you would just ramp up your rates. What it does is it means less unit volume through your factories in the first half of the year, which means less absorption. And then you'll have more absorption in the back half of the year. And if you remember, in the fourth quarter, we made the decision that, okay, we're going to get this excess inventory in the field adjusted. So we took 1/3 of our production days out of our factory. And that was not an easy decision for a lot of reasons. Forget about the financial side of it, just think about the impact to our employees. So we wanted to get that over with. And we're happy to say right now, inventory is in a good position right now within our residential business.
But in terms of demand, so the point is that if demand is stronger, you'll work down the inventory.
We have the availability for that. But we did guide the second quarter to about flattish residential and growth in the second half of the year really off of easy comps. And then let's see how the year kind of plays out, but the team is really executing well there where they started the year and ultimately managing the inventory and then taking the decisions around, as we said, the factory production, the level load.
How should we think about replacement versus discretionary upgrades in residential as sort of affordability pressures persist? And do you see a mix shift towards things like hot box or...
Okay, are you talking about like higher SEER to lower SEER, or are you talking repair versus replace or...
Well, it's just people -- that's right. Is it like people are just -- because the things are so expensive.
Repair versus replace, I don't think you could tell in the first quarter, right? It's a shoulder season. So we'll see how that plays out as we go through the year. We have not seen a mix change. So we're still -- we lead in high SEER products. But we haven't seen -- we really haven't seen a mix change, although it's just the first quarter. So we'll see how the year progresses. But right now, we haven't seen that.
Excellent. Maybe just focus on transport. I think transport remains one of the slower recovering pieces of the portfolio.
We're in year 5 of a 2-year downturn, yes.
Anything about...
I think we are seeing green shoots there, okay? I mean, look, I know this business very well, and the fleets are very old. And the good trucking companies and the -- most of these trucking companies are very well run. They know there's a cost to having an old fleet. And that will -- so as an underlying macro, I would say that's one thing that's out there.
The other is if you look at what spot rates are doing, they actually are increasing. If you look at rejection rates, meaning that I have a contract, but you go show up and it's like, I can't deliver because they want you to go on the spot side, that's increasing and utilization of fleet is increasing. So those are all positive signs for that business.
Now I've been wrong because last year, I was probably up here, maybe not at this particular conference, but I was conferencing, the back half of the year is going to be a lot stronger, and we're going to have a recovery and that didn't happen. But I guess I'll say I'm more optimistic this year than I was last year about Thermo King recovering and -- which is a good sign for Trane Technologies. As you think about it, we had a residential business that was -- had a terrible 2025 for the reasons I explained. You have Thermo King that's been down for at least 4-plus years now. And both of those, we're seeing that the back half of the year, those are going to be positive, and we think we're going to have positive momentum going into 2027.
On the Thermo King business specifically, if you look at ACT, their projections for 2027, we don't -- we're not as bullish as they are, okay? We believe that 2027 will be a strong year, but we don't believe we'll see the inflection point up that they're predicting. I think there -- the demand might be there, but I don't know if the trailer OEMs will be able to meet that. And because we're a reefer that goes on a trailer, if you don't have a trailer, you're not going to sell the reefer. But we'll see how that plays out, but we're optimistic about the future in Thermo King.
What does the normalized margin profile look for Transport once volumes recover relative to historical peaks?
I would say that we like the margins in that business today, and we'll like the margins, I think, even better when you get more volumes coming through the factories with more units. At the same time, we made some really good investments in this business for the last 3 to 4 years when markets have been down. We're not going to be out there trying to sell the same products we had 4 years ago and say, here they are. They're maybe a bit more expensive due to inflation. They're more energy efficient, more options around electrification, to hybrid, to more efficient even gas-powered units.
So I think we've been -- that team has done a phenomenal job outperforming end markets. And the same would be within our EMEA transport team as well, right? There's a market that hasn't necessarily grown either for many, many years, and they've outperformed those markets, and it really comes back to the innovation flywheel of where they've invested. And I think as we see these markets start to recover, we'll like the incrementals, and I think it gives us a lot of confidence we should be 25% plus. And that's sort of like the plus sign after that. It's a commitment that we'll be at 25% and can it get better? We'll see if we can.
And for EMEA Thermo King, what's driving the outperformance over the past several years? What are you doing to win market share versus your competitors?
I'll start. I mean, look, I think it does come back to the innovation. Again, this is a team that, as Dave said earlier, right, Europe is still very focused on sustainability. It's focused on decarbonization. And especially when you get to city centers, there's also noise abatement concerns. You want quiet systems, you want running on electricity. And that team has led with that innovation all the way from trailers down to truck units to smaller units.
But they have a fleet. They have a choice. If you want something that's hybrid, you've got that and you can go full gas as well. What the team has also done is they've done a number of acquisitions actually over the last 12 to 15 months. And where we've typically been 2-step distribution, we've actually bought back some of that distribution to go direct in certain markets. And this is a bilateral with the owner. They wanted to sell. We said, okay, we're going to come in and we'll buy back the business.
And in some cases, it's a really well-run business, so let's go grow what we have. And in some, there's opportunities there for share. And so let's invest in the business, let's go direct here in those markets, and let's ultimately grow back the share where we need to and/or keep expanding where we're at. So it's -- we just actually closed on the fourth acquisition just last week in Germany, one of the larger providers of transport equipment in Germany. We bought back that distribution.
So they've now got a combination or a mixed model and more opportunities now to now get touching to the service side. So think about the dealer is the one that would do the service for the units. Now by going direct, we have access to that service and how do we make sure we're servicing customers effectively.
And just talking about service, services is 1/3 of the revenue growing low teens. So the question is, do data centers accelerate service growth through the end of the decade?
I think that any time you expand your installed base, it's going to accelerate service. So -- and obviously, we're doing a lot of data center work. So I think it's going to be good for our service business. Our service business is 1/3 of the company, and it has demonstrated results of a compound annual growth rate of low teens for the last 7 years. So this is a very, very resilient business, a very proven business. It's got an operating system built around it that is very, very robust.
And look, we love investing in our service business. I love what we're doing on the digital side of our service business. I love what we're doing on the virtual engineer within our service business with ARIA, making our technicians smarter in front of customers. This is all part of our philosophy, and it's a business that's 1/3 of the company that has demonstrated compound annual growth rate of 11% over the last 7 years.
And as maybe last question, as service mix rises, what's the ceiling for enterprise margins without sacrificing growth and investment?
We love the 25% plus, right? Look, could you leverage more in a particular quarter? For sure. I would tell you that we like optionality. We love to invest in ourselves because we like to think about the long term. And I've probably told this group before, the easiest decision a CEO can make is to cut investments because in the short term, you look like a hero. In the long term, you don't have a business or you're not going to be able to hit the growth rates.
Look at our growth rates, look at the model that we have. We love investing in ourselves for the long term. And that's a model that we've been able to prove, and it's a model that you're going to see from us well into the future. So our model is 25% plus. And we assume that within that, we're always going to have lots of ample capital to invest in ourselves. And that's what we've been able to do, and that's why we've become the growth company that we are.
Well, on that note, we'll end.
All right. Thanks, everyone, for your attention today, and talk to you all soon.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Bank of America 33rd Annual Industrials
Trane Technologies — Bank of America 33rd Annual Industrials
Trane präsentiert sich als wachstumsorientierter Systemanbieter: Datenzentren und Service treiben Wachstum, Stellar beschleunigt die Skalierung.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Management-Fokus: Führung ist zuversichtlich, die erhöhte Inflation und Tarife im Jahresziel (7% Umsatzwachstum, EPS +13–15%) eingepreist zu haben.
- Wachstumstreiber: Applied HVAC (starke Buchungen) und Service (1/3 des Umsatzes, low‑teens CAGR) plus Datenzentren und kürzliche Zukäufe als Hebel.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Systemansatz: Positionierung als Systemlieferant für Datenzentren (Design, Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme, Service) statt reine Komponentensicht.
- Akquisitionen: Stellar und LiquidStack erweitern Portfolio; Stellar liefert modulare, vorgefertigte Chiller‑/Elektrosysteme und soll branchenübergreifend einsetzbar sein.
- Fertigungsnetz: Hoher Regionalisierungsgrad in den USA (über 95% für US‑Verkäufe lokal gefertigt); Ausbau um ~2 Werke in den USA geplant, zusätzliche Facility in Texas.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Stellar-Kennzahlen: Vor‑Akquisitionsumsatz $350M; Managementziel $1bn Umsatz in 2–3 Jahren mit mittleren zweistelligen EBITDA‑Margen; $1bn Auftragsbestand, Hälfte soll dieses Jahr verschifft werden.
- Preis/Inflation: Q1 etwa +1,5 Punkte Preiswirkung, Jahresannahme nahe 2 Punkte; Management sieht Pricing und Beschaffungsabwehr in Guidance berücksichtigt.
- Backlog: Equipment‑Backlog $10.7bn (nur signierte POs), Kunden geben längere Sicht (12–18 Monate), Lead‑Times verbessert/segmentabhängig.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Tarife & Preise: Wie nachhaltig sind Preismaßnahmen gegen erhöhte Tarife und Rohstoffkosten? Management: bisher in Guidance gedeckt, Monitoring fortlaufend.
- Datenzentren‑Mix: Stärke bei Applied‑Bookings >100% Q‑on‑Q; wie viel Data‑center vs. breiter Markt? Antwort: stark, aber Wachstum breit gestützt; direkte Vertriebskanäle strategisch geschützt.
- Lead‑Times & Backlog‑Risiko: Sorgen um Verzögerungen vs. Stornierungen; Management: nur signierte POs im Backlog, Verzögerungen eher Verschiebungen als Stornos.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Auswirkung: Kurzfristig zeigt sich Robustheit gegenüber Inflation und eine disziplinierte M&A‑Strategie; mittelfristig bieten Stellar, Datenzentren und Services echten Upside. Risiken bleiben tariffäre Dynamik und Timing/Volatilität bei Projektlieferungen.
Trane Technologies — Oppenheimer 21st Annual Industrial Growth Virtual Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. Good morning, everyone, and welcome back to day 2 of Oppenheimer's 21st Annual Industrial Growth Conference. I'm Noah Kaye, Managing Director in Oppenheimer's Industrial Innovation Research Practice. We're very happy to welcome back to the conference, the management of Trane Technologies, CFO, Chris Kuehn; and Group President of Americas, Donny Simmons. Gentlemen, welcome. Thanks so much for being here.
Thank you.
Thanks for having us.
So we've got a lot to discuss today. I think I'd like to maybe ask you, Chris, just to give some opening thoughts and Donny as well as some state of the business, and then we can jump into some subjects that are near and dear to our heart.
Yes. Noah, we're happy to join again the conference this year. So, so far, conversations have been very engaging and no surprise. Look, we started out the year strong, had a strong first quarter, sets us up for a very strong 2026. We do expect significant revenue acceleration into the second half of the year, especially in Donny's businesses that he leads across the Americas and commercial HVAC and stronger growth in the second half with residential and transport. I expect we'll get into that.
We delivered very strong bookings growth, up 24% in the quarter, and we reached an all-time high in our backlog, $10.7 billion at the end of the first quarter, up 30% from year-end. Service had a great start to the year as well, up double digits. It's a franchise that since 2020 is up low teens CAGR, continues to execute well about 1/3 of our enterprise revenues. And all of that gave us a lot of confidence to raise the full year guide for 2026 on our call last week. So off to a strong start, and we'll keep navigating what we can control.
Great. Maybe just to start with the data center market and discussing as well the backlog trends that we saw, which were very impressive. There's been a lot of consolidation and acquisition activity in the last 6 months, really around the thermal chain. And there's been a move towards more modularity and more integrated solutions. You grew your commercial HVAC backlog by $2.7 billion last quarter, almost, I think, $1.7 billion of that was organic. So how much of that growth is new customers and new project wins versus picking up a growing share of wallet.
That's a great question, Noah. Thank you. So when you look at the dynamics in the business, if you look at last year -- or sorry, last quarter, we saw both a mix of wallet share as well as growth in new projects from customers. So we've got relationships with all of the hyperscalers. And so as they expand and look at different capital investments that they're making, we're able to plan that out and make sure that we're developing solutions looking at a system level, whether it be a modular offering, actually, the Stellar acquisition that we had talked about during earnings is a great example of the modular offering that we have. So we're producing modular chiller plants for customers with that offering.
So if that hyperscaler has a desire to have a water cooled chiller plant and needs a modular offering, that's something that we're able to provide. But in aggregate, overall, really great growth that we're seeing in that market, and we're participating in that and really happy with the position that we have.
I guess to double-click on it, the push towards modular, I mean, we've written pretty extensively about this, the labor constraints, I think last week, Dave mentioned the applicability of Stellar's modular solutions to verticals beyond the data center. So maybe just level set for us what the non-data center content is in Stellar's backlog today? And which verticals do you see as the next incremental adopter.
Okay, absolutely. And Dave was actually -- I mean he's absolutely right. I mean the modular chiller plant concept is applicable well beyond data centers. Every vertical market that uses a chiller plant can have a modular concept. And so today, in the backlog for Stellar, it's virtually 100% data center. But we're able to expand the capacity there and then offer that same concept to other vertical markets. So think like health care, as an example, a hospital system that needs a chiller plant. And the benefits associated with a modular chiller plant are multiple.
One is the labor availability that you mentioned. So you pull the labor out of the field and move it into the factory. You're also able to produce it in a manufacturing -- with a manufacturing mindset of a concept of flowing a line through the factory rather than stick building in the field. And so with that, you get consistency, you can ensure that from one site to another, the product is exactly the same. You get -- you improve the quality as a result of that in the product that's delivered to the customer. And ultimately, you're able to do that in a faster fashion than they would be able to do it on their own. So you can -- if you were to stick build a chiller plant, maybe it takes 3 months to do that in the field, you're able to get that down to 8 weeks, maybe even 6 weeks in a production environment. So it's a big benefit.
And the efficiencies you can underwrite from using a solution like that, there's the labor efficiency, time to first token. I guess, how do you kind of quantify the full benefit to the customer today? And honestly, you're just getting going integrating this. What do you think that figure can get to over a couple of years?
Well, the way we've sized this business over the next few years, talk about it like 2 to 3 years is we see this being a $1 billion business with mid-teen EBITDA margins. That's where we see this business serving the data center market as it is today. And there's opportunities that we'll continue to expand. We're making significant investments in that business right now. So it's only been 60 days. We're putting a new factory in place today as we're expanding the existing -- putting efficiencies in our business operating system in the existing location. So there's a lot of work associated with that. But once we're able to completely deploy our operating system, we're going to be -- we're going to see some significant overall benefits for our customers as it relates to the...
Yes. The business brought about $1 billion of backlog to the enterprise, Noah, here at the end of the first quarter. We think about half of that will revenue this year and already have $0.5 billion of revenue for 2027. But it's going to take a lot of investment to go from a $350 million revenue business, which Stellar was last year to that $1 billion revenue plus business 2 to 3 years out. But we're really good at that, take our business operating system and how we lean out factories, how we expand factories.
It's actually one of the reasons why we're raising our CapEx guide to 2% to 3% for the year versus -- which I think is still very CapEx light, but from our normal 1% to 2% is adding capacity to support the growth that we see in the Stellar business modular builds. And look, it's a great business. We're learning a ton from their relationships and also bringing our relationships to bear. But think of those investments this year carrying over into next year to really drive a business that in 2 to 3 years, we think is mid-teens EBITDA or better, and then let's continue to see the growth after that.
Okay. I may follow up on that later, but that's a good place to leave it for now. I guess more broadly on the data center market, we've talked about the visibility improving here. You mentioned on the call, typical 12 to 18 months now for data centers and in some cases, orders going out as far as 24 months. I think the new reference designs that you've released with NVIDIA as well as I would guess the increase in CapEx plan for this year implies confidence really beyond the time frame of orders. So what gives you the confidence to invest that extra CapEx this year? What kind of demand visibility are you now getting from customers on a longer-term basis?
Look, what I would say is that depending on the hyperscaler, we have long-term capacity agreements in place. And so we have visibility to what they're planning on doing over the next 2, 3 years, and that gives us the confidence to invest in the capacity and additional capacity that we're adding to make sure that we can serve their demands going forward beyond the purchase orders that we have.
But to be clear, in our backlog, it's firm purchase orders. and those purchase orders come typically 12 to 18 months in advance of when the delivery takes place. So we have -- just with the purchase orders alone, we have plenty of visibility to be able to stand up additional capacity to meet our customers' requirements.
I'm not going to ask you about the sensitive nature of long-term agreements with hyperscalers on a public call or even in private, frankly, because you would say the same. But what I am interested in is how you think about negotiating such agreements in the context of your own planning visibility, pricing and margin protection. Can you speak to that a little bit?
Yes, it's no different than any purchase order that we would negotiate with a customer. We have pricing protection in there. We have tariff language protection. But keep in mind, we've got an in-region, for-region manufacturing strategy. So tariff impacts really come from components. And even then, we have a very resilient supply chain strategy to make sure that we've got multiple options. We do build in inflation assumptions. We build in productivity assumptions. And this has been part of our standard as part of our business operating system for a long period of time. So we're pretty good when it comes to understanding exactly what we need to accomplish in order to be able to make those commitments to our customers.
And maybe one more follow-up. The concept of long-term capacity agreements obviously makes intuitive sense in this market, just given the time horizon and planning considerations for the customers, time to get power availability, land availability, all of that. How unique and how recent is this for the data center market compared to some of the other markets and verticals that you serve?
Well, compared to the other -- I mean, the other markets and verticals, this concept doesn't really exist. I mean -- but what does exist is when we have large commitments and purchase orders, we'll have typically a down payment that can take place is associated with that, which is a nonrefundable. That gives us the security associated with the order that we're receiving. It also makes sure we're able to plan materials, make sure our supply chain is ready in the same. But if you look at other vertical markets like High-Tech, I mean, we approach those in the same way. When it's very large orders that would require us to make sure that we've got the supply chain to support that, we will require a prepayment associated with that capacity that we're going to put in place to be able to support it.
One follow-up question really around the technology evolution here. So we talked about module, that's certainly important. There were a number of improvements you made to your reference design for the AI Gigafactory, more efficient compression technology, right, I mean just to name one. Can you talk a little bit as a company that is really engineering first and always looking where the pocket is going, kind of what are you trying to manage for as you kind of look at the technology road map within data center specifically going out a couple of years?
Yes. So we have to look like this discussion with NVIDIA, we're having to look at what is the future chip design and what's the cooling load that's going to be required for that. And we look at the full system. I mean that's one of the benefits that we have in the marketplace is to work with our customers on what their system concepts are going to look like in total. So what's the full design of their data center and then how can we offer ways to improve the efficiency associated with that.
And that's really where the customization comes into play for each one of these customers is where we can actually test out different concepts that we have. And it's an ongoing evolution that every 6 months, there's a different evolution of products that we're delivering to customers. And it's changed. In the past, in this marketplace, it used to be that you would develop a product over a 2-year period, you would launch that product, you would sell it. Today, we're developing a concept with a customer. We're taking an order for that concept, and we're developing that product and delivering it. And so that in itself significantly changes the way the industry works. And we're uniquely positioned to be able to handle that with our customers because of our experience and our expertise with system design. We can do that with confidence.
Yes. Can you talk a little bit about the investments you've made, not just in sort of 4 walls manufacturing, but really around testing, design and innovation to be able to support that.
It's a good question because we -- capacity is not just about 4-wall capacity. We're constantly adding engineers as think about our technical capacity to develop products. We're constantly investing in our service capability. As an example, we built out a new service. It's a world-class technician training center here in Davidson. It doubled our capacity for training technicians. We've had customers, data center customers that we've brought through to show them our capability from a service and commissioning of their product and the training that we do here on site in Davidson as well as in La Crosse, Wisconsin, and we've received orders as a result of the confidence that we're able to give them.
So it's a very unique position that we put ourselves in. So we're looking at capacity in 4 walls. We're looking at the capacity that we have in our new product development in terms of engineering capacity, and then we're positioning ourselves in the right way to make sure that we can serve the customers.
Just on that theme, I think you're up to, what, 7,500 technicians globally. So I mean, how much runway for growth can the current service force support. What kind of headcount growth are you may be targeting by the end of this year to support what should be, I would expect continued double-digit growth in services just as you harvest the tail of opportunity with all these equipment sales?
Well, I think you have to look at -- I don't have an exact number to give you in terms of that we would publicly share in terms of the number of technicians we're going to add. But if you look at that double-digit growth that we've had over the last 5 years, and we certainly expect that to continue. It's not just about the number of technicians, it's also how much more productive you make your technicians. So digital gives us a capability there as well, where we're able to analyze and monitor through our Trane Intelligence Services, how the equipment is operating and dispatch technicians only when needed as opposed to having them dispatched to diagnose a problem. We're able to many times diagnose that problem remotely, and then they can bring the right parts or whatever with them to make sure they can service the customer. So that's another aspect.
And then as well as our training capabilities, and I mentioned the doubling our capacity. What that really means is that every technician we have, just in the Americas, we've got 4,500 technicians of the 7,500 you mentioned are in the Americas. They're coming through the technician training center twice a year and getting trained on the most up-to-date technology that we've deployed so that they make sure that they're experts in the field and they're able to commission that.
And what that means, commissioning means you're able to start that equipment up and you're able to prove that it operates the way that it was designed. So we do -- we test all the equipment as it comes off the line to make sure it meets the requirements. But then when you get in the actual environment of the use case, you're able to actually prove on the ground that the equipment is performing as designed. And so you effectively commission and start that equipment up. So to do that, you have to put it under load, you have to do various things. And that's a very technical activity that only we are prepared to do for our equipment, for our customers.
That's great color. And you were talking just now about some of the digital and productivity tools to make the workforce more effective. Is it a simple -- an overly simple question to ask about labor productivity in terms of revenue per man hour. Does that kind of apply? Is that how you look at it at all? And is there anything you can kind of share with us on how labor productivity has trended for you within the Service business over the last few years?
We do look at a number of metrics across the Service business, probably 15 to 20 to be fair. I do think the investments around digital, Noah, I think that's really important to stay connected to a building. And then the ability for like a recent acquisition of ours early last year with BrainBox AI, where you've got agentic decision-making on how to control the building, anticipating the needs of the building based on its history. That allows for when there is an issue in a building or otherwise a fix, you're getting better intel before the service technician even makes their way towards the building, right?
They've got the parts that they need. They've got intelligence already of what needs to be fixed. And at the same time, then the utilization of those service techs becomes much stronger. And I would add to Donny's comment, not all service techs are the same, right? There may be folks that have a higher number, I don't know. But we're not necessarily connecting everything on site, but we are doing exactly what Donny said, we're commissioning and we do that with all of our applied systems to make sure we're there for start-up. But we'll measure productivity, but I think that digital investment we continue to make, that is another force multiplier for our Service business to ensure that we can stay well ahead of the capacity needs we need. As we think about the -- even the data center revenue that we've been starting to enjoy last year and this year, and it takes a few years before that Service revenue really starts to kick in and then grow, we're very much making sure we've got the capacity for all of that.
It's a good point. The spirit of my question -- and by the way, I think you guys know this, but I used to work in the industry. And so you didn't want to kill time on the job, right? You go in with the best plan you have, best information, get it done, put in the part and get out, right? And that's how you make margins. So my question to you is, is this perhaps an underappreciated lever for margin expansion within services, the types of investments that you're making? And how should we think about services margin specifically trending over the medium term?
Yes. Services margins are accretive at a segment level for each segment. Think of it as globally, it's 1/3 of the revenue. It's approximately half of the commercial HVAC Americas revenue. It's approximately half of the commercial HVAC Europe revenue is Services. And as we continue to grow the installed base, as you well know, especially with the more complexity we're seeing in these systems, especially in data centers, the need for service and connective tissue back to the OEM is just so important.
I think in terms of productivity, in terms of pricing, look, we want a customer for life. And so we'll make sure that we're getting a nice margin on that business, but many of our customers have multiple locations, multiple upgrades. We're tying into their capital needs over the next 5 to 10 years. We want to make sure we're part of that journey with them for a long time. But growing that part of the portfolio low double digits, low teens over the last 5 years and the margins that it brings gives us a lot of confidence that we should be able to get incrementals 25% or better. We've done a little better than that the last couple of years, but it gives us a lot of confidence. That's one of the engines that will drive that way, including digital.
Very good. Maybe just pulling back to commercial HVAC demand broadly. I think last week, Dave mentioned commercial HVAC revenue growth in 9 out of 14 verticals. Just we put data center aside for a second. Just talk about where you're seeing relative strength and relative softness in demand in the order book right now and how we should be thinking about growth trends and drivers outside of data centers?
Sure. So we're seeing growth, as Dave mentioned, in 9 of the 14 verticals. Think about strength and we're seeing strength in office. We're seeing strength in retail. We're seeing strength in High-Tech. And so it's really broad-based in terms of the markets that we're seeing strength in. Overall, health care is another one we're seeing strength in. So on a relative basis, those 9 verticals, we're seeing good strength in those verticals on a go-forward basis.
And I guess on EMEA, there's really 2 broad demand tailwinds we think about and that inflection that the industry is going to see in data center demand. And the second is the 30% wasted energy that the company often highlights has gotten a lot more expensive in the last couple of months. And I know your guide contemplates, was it high single-digit growth in the segment for the back half of the year. Do you think that the higher energy costs or stronger data center demand growth can maybe drive upside to that outlook?
No, we've got -- for the commercial HVAC business in EMEA, we've got, you're right, high single-digit revenue growth in the forecast for the second half. For the segment, probably mid-single-digit revenue growth, given that we're calling the transport business kind of flattish at this point. But it's very similar when you think about Donny's business, Commercial HVAC Americas with the order inflection in the second half of 2025.
The EMEA business had the exact same realization of stronger orders in the second half of '25 and the first half. And first half was growth. Second half was mid- to high teens growth in 2025. So you're starting to see in the second half of '26 where that revenue turns over. The 30% wasted behind the meter, I think that's a global number. And to your point, in Europe, unfortunately, it's getting hotter sooner in Europe in a lot of countries. And at the same time, the cost we know for fuel and energy has only gone up, as you noted, the last couple of months.
Look, we're excited for what that region can deliver. I mean, at best, the region has been, from a market perspective, flat, and we've been able to outperform that for many years. It leads with innovation. And I'll tell you, we keep investing in that region relentlessly. So while there's some headwinds with the Middle East, and it's going to have a little bit of some pressure on growth for the overall segment, it's not going to stop us in terms of the investments we're making in the region.
And I'll call out one of them since we were talking about Stellar in the Americas around modular chiller plants, we made an investment in the first quarter with a company called Kieback&Peter. It's a minority interest investment. One of the last large controls companies in all of EMEA with strength in really 2 or 3 markets in Europe and great controls technology. And with our direct sales force in commercial HVAC EMEA, we're strong in 20-plus markets.
So we're making those investments on bringing that technology and that sales leadership into our 17 other, call it, markets in Europe to go expand. And despite what we're seeing in the Middle East, which we'll see how that kind of plays out for the year, we're going to keep making those investments in the region. We bought back some distribution on the transport side as well to be more direct in that region to capture some share opportunities. But look, this year, it's probably in that low to mid-single-digit growth for EMEA. We'll see where margins go, but we're going to keep investing there.
Very helpful. Maybe turning to resi and transport. I guess with transport specifically, it was looking better than feared prior to the war or the conflict in Iran. And so I'd like to ask to what extent has the spike in fuel costs impacted the outlook for fleet refreshment. Maybe you can talk a little bit about payback period for a new retrailer and see the market inflecting in the back half here moving into '27?
Well, I think we feel pretty strongly that the market itself, and we're in year 4 of an 18-month downturn. That's how we talk about it. And we expect the first half to be down, and we expect the second half to be up overall for our transport market. We think it's a little bit less than what ACT is projecting. They're projecting mid-single digits, and we think it's going to be more flattish for the year. And really, the difference there is that whether or not the OEMs can actually produce trailers. So the market activity might actually strengthen in terms of customers that want to buy refrigeration units for their fleet.
But if they can't get the trailers, it's not going to come to fruition. We might get the orders, but they'll be waiting on trailers. So we still feel pretty confident that what we've predicted here for the full year is going to be in line. Whether or not -- certainly, fuel cost has an impact. It's probably a bigger impact on our auxiliary power unit line in terms of when customers actually decide, "hey, I'm going to switch over to an auxiliary power unit instead of running my tractor to cool the cab." And so we certainly will see. What I'll tell you is that that's already been predicted in terms of the increase in market that will come within our -- and it's in our guidance associated with auxiliary power unit because there's a prebuy that's taken place associated with the new tractor efficiency requirement that's coming at the beginning of next year. And so we already had that kind of built in. So I don't know that we'll see anything differentiated from that perspective.
Helpful. And then on the resi side, I think you had a little bit of outperformance for sure in the first quarter. When we think about the updated price expectations for the enterprise, the industry obviously is still contending with tariffs. We still see Trane as the best positioned player in the industry with regard to tariffs. You raised that outlook, was it 0.5 point for enterprise-wide price. I guess the question that we were wrestling with is, even if all of that is on your resi and unitary portfolio, it's still substantially less of a price increase than some of your peers are talking about. So can you maybe talk a little bit about your approach here to pricing and how you're positioned competitively?
Yes, I'll start, Noah. We did raise our full year revenue target about 0.5 point. It's covering some of the headwinds that we're anticipating between the first quarter and the second quarter in the Middle East of around $75 million. But think of that revenue raise, it's contributing both to price and to volume. So price, we started out about 1.5 points in our January earnings call. Think of it as probably closer to 2% now on the call last week, and -- but there is some volume that's coming through there in terms of the guide as well. .
We did implement a price increase in the residential business in the first quarter. We announced that in February, and it took place -- or it was effective April 1. Since then, we've certainly learned more about the raw material inflation and Section 232 tariffs and such. And those are more inflationary than where we were in January. I do think given we've had over a decade in in-region, for-region manufacturing strategy, we've got 21 factories in the Americas and 20 of those are in the U.S. And as Donny was just talking about the business Stellar Energy we acquired with operations in Florida, and we're expanding, think of it probably 2x the size of the business for capacity.
We're expanding in a new facility in Texas. So by the end of the year, we're going to have 23 locations in the Americas with 22 of them in the U.S. So over 95% of the products we sell in the U.S. are either manufactured and/or assembled in the U.S. So on a relative basis, we may be better fared, but it's a little bit more inflationary. And I don't want to get in front of our businesses in terms of any of the pricing they may do for the year. But our goal is to leverage the business operating system with this inflation, find the offsets, find the way to mitigate. And when you put a lot more demand on your suppliers, you can generally try to mitigate some of that cost. We look for alternate sources of supply.
And then with higher costs, we'll look at pricing as another lever there. But we've unfortunately had to have a really good track record here over the last 5-plus years between inflation and supply chain and tariffs. And we've, over time, stayed ahead of that. So maybe some near-term pressure, but we're confident in the guide that we've got for the year. We'll manage it.
That's a good segue just to ask about the organic leverage comments you made earlier. You reiterated 25% plus organic leverage for '26. Just give us some more colors on the driver of how leverage improves through the back half?
Yes. Think of it as high 20s in the second half of the year, and a lot of it is due to volume. And a lot of it is coming through Donny's business, but also in our EMEA HVAC business, commercial HVAC business, too, with just higher volumes. So the factories absorb costs much better in the second half, so you get the leverage on the volume growth. We had some tough comps last year with some underabsorption in factories, whether it be in residential, we're taking a lot of days out in the fourth quarter, lower volumes coming through our transport facilities.
And then, of course, you've got the higher volumes coming in with low teens growth in the second half for our commercial HVAC business. So that's one piece of it. We're going to keep accelerating investments into the second half of the year. I think about back to the factory piece of transport and resi, they were deleverage situations last year. We're not going to deleverage in those business. We're going to positively leverage. So a lot of confidence that we're going to drive high 20s-ish organic leverage in the second half. And at the same time, we're going to keep accelerating those investments to go drive the growth for many years.
And then first, can I confirm that the M&A and FX are still 700 bps headwind to reported leverage this year? Is that right roughly?
That's right. That's right. And think of it as Stellar Energy being probably the biggest piece of that, around $500 million of revenue. We identified about $0.03 of positive earnings contribution this year, $11 million of OI. And a lot of that is the investments we're making this year that will carry over into 2027. But from a lean factory perspective to starting up a new factory with the under-absorption you're expecting to get that and inefficiencies, we're confident that this will be a great -- it's a great business now. It will be even stronger business as we think 2 to 3 years out.
Could you see in time -- you talked about this being a mid-teens EBITDA business. Maybe just grouping in Stellar and LiquidStack, how you think about the opportunity for these types of businesses to eventually become comparable to corporate average margins or even margin accretive?
I'll start. We did say mid-teens plus EBITDA for Stellar. And look, we like to underpromise and overcommit. So the goal is going to be let's get this business in really good shape to manage the capacity. We've got a great team that we've now brought into the Trane Technologies family. And Donny is going to keep pushing on pulling those investments in as fast as we can to have a resilient business for the long time. And lean is just part of our DNA. Donny, do you want to spend a moment on LiquidStack?
Yes. I mean I think the same holds true for LiquidStack. I think the reality with LiquidStack is it becomes now us playing in a whole different space with our customers in that liquid cooling element of a data center, and us actually being able to develop new products for the customers based on the total system design and then scaling that production capability. In fact, the factory that we're building in Fort Worth for Stellar, we're also going to be producing CDUs in that factory that would be LiquidStack CDUs that we'll be producing there.
Good stuff. Looking forward to seeing it all play out. And I think that's about all the time we have today. Gentlemen, I really appreciate the dialogue. I hope everyone has a great rest of their day and week here at the Oppenheimer Conference and see you all soon.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Oppenheimer 21st Annual Industrial Growth Virtual Conference
Trane Technologies — Oppenheimer 21st Annual Industrial Growth Virtual Conference
Trane setzt auf datenzentrumsgetriebene Modularität, Ausbau von Service und erhöhte CapEx, um Stellar und LiquidStack zu skalieren.
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Management sieht 2026 als Beschleunigungsjahr: starke Auftragseingänge (+24% im Quartal), Rekord‑Backlog ($10,7 Mrd., +30% vs. Jahresende) und gezielte Investitionen, um modularen Ausbau (Stellar) und Service‑Wachstum zu skalieren.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Modularität: Stellar liefert modulare Kältemaschinen für Rechenzentren; backlog ~ $1 Mrd., plant Ausbau auf $1 Mrd. Umsatz in 2–3 Jahren mit mittleren zweistelligen EBITDA‑Margen.
- Service‑Fokus: Service macht ~1/3 des Umsatzes; 7.500 Techniker global (4.500 in Americas), Investition in Training und digitale Ferndiagnose zur Produktivitätssteigerung.
- Kapazitätsaufbau: CapEx‑Leitlinie auf 2–3% (vorher 1–2%) zur Ausweitung Fabrik‑ und Produktionskapazität, inkl. neuem Werk in Fort Worth und erweiterter Produktion für LiquidStack‑CDUs.
🔍 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes Update: Stellar brachte ~ $1 Mrd. Backlog; Management erwartet, dass ~50% dieses Backlogs 2026/2027 realisiert werden kann; kurzfristig ~ $0,5 Mrd. Umsatz für 2027 bereits in Planung.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Backlog‑Treibhaus: Nachfrage kommt teils von Wallet‑Share bei Hyperscalern, teils neue Projekte; Bestellungen typ. 12–18 Monate vor Lieferung, teilweise bis 24 Monate.
- Margen & Pricing: Preiserhöhungen (~2% aktuell) + Produktivitätsgewinne sollen Inflation und Tarife abfedern; EMEA/Transport-Volatilität bleibt Unsicherheitsfaktor.
- Service‑Skalierung: Fokus auf Digitalisierung (Trane Intelligence, BrainBox AI) zur Erhöhung von Revenue‑per‑Tech und Vermeidung unnötiger Einsätze; konkrete Headcount‑Zahlen für 2026 nicht genannt.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Call stärkt das Bild eines Wachstumsprofils, das von datenzentrumsbezogener Modularität und wieder beschleunigtem Service getragen wird; kurzfristig Belastungen durch Integration, M&A‑Effekte und FX möglich, mittelfristig jedoch skalierbare Margenhebel durch Produktionsausbau und digitale Service‑Produktivität.
Trane Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning. Welcome to the Trane Technologies Q1 2026 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Lisa, and I will be your operator for the call. The call will begin in a few moments with the speaker remarks and the Q&A session. [Operator Instructions] I will now turn the call over to Zac Nagle, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead, sir.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and thank you for joining us for Trane Technologies First Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. This call is being webcast on our website at tranetechnologies.com where you'll find the accompanying presentation. We are also recording and archiving this call on our website.
Please note that statements made today are forward-looking and may differ materially from actual results as detailed in our SEC filings. This presentation also includes non-GAAP measures explained in our news release and presentation appendix. Joining me today are Dave Regnery, Chair and CEO and Chris Kuehn, Executive Vice President and CFO. With that, I'll turn the call over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Zac and everyone, for joining today's call. Please turn to Slide #3. I'll start with a few thoughts on how our purpose-driven strategy continues to fuel strong performance over time. The dynamic global environment and rising demand for power is pushing customers to think differently about energy. With our leading innovation, Trane Technologies is uniquely positioned to win. Our high-efficiency systems and smart controls help customers save energy, lower operating cost and increased resiliency proving that sustainability and performance go hand-in-hand.
Our strategy is built on a strong foundation, our robust business operating system, a powerful cash flow engine and an uplifting engaging culture. This formula positions us to deliver differentiated long-term value to our people, our customers, our shareholders and our communities.
Please turn to Slide #4. Q1 was another strong quarter, marked by exceptional enterprise organic bookings, up 24% and a record backlog of $10.7 billion, up over 30% versus year-end 2025. We delivered organic revenue growth of 3%, led by our Americas Commercial HVAC business and double-digit global services growth. This strong performance translated to adjusted EPS growth of 7%. Our Commercial HVAC businesses delivered outstanding performance, particularly in the Americas, where our commercial HVAC bookings reached an all-time high, up approximately 40% year-over-year, with Applied Solutions bookings up over 160%. Our third consecutive quarter of applied bookings growth of greater than 100%. The strength of our Commercial HVAC business is further underscored by our combined Americas and EMEA backlog, which is up approximately $2.7 billion over year-end 2025. This includes approximately $1 billion from our acquisition of Stellar Energy, a leader in modular data center cooling solutions.
We are exceptionally well positioned for continued growth in 2026 and beyond. Our exceptional bookings and record backlog provides strong visibility to continued market outgrowth and revenue growth acceleration in the second half of the year. Our robust and rapidly growing Commercial HVAC pipeline across key verticals, including long-term capacity and master purchase agreements in data centers bolsters our confidence in the long-term outlook.
Our services business, which represents 1/3 of our enterprise revenue, continues to be a consistent and durable growth driver, boasting a low teens compound annual growth rate since 2020. Additionally, we anticipate residential market tailwinds in the second half of 2026 driven by improving market fundamentals and easier prior year comparisons. The Americas transport market also continued improvement in fundamentals, strengthening the outlook for a late 2026 and 2027 recovery. Operational excellence is core to everything we do, and we expect to mitigate tariff and inflationary pressures through our business operating system. Altogether, we are raising our full year revenue and EPS guidance, which Chris will cover shortly.
Please turn to Slide #5. As discussed in our Americas segment, Commercial HVAC continued its standout performance with bookings up approximately 40% and revenues up high single digits. In high-growth verticals like data centers, customers expect innovative, highly engineered solutions tailored to their unique needs. This plays directly to our strengths, including leading innovation, system expertise, proven operational excellence and the capacity to grow with our customers as their needs rapidly expand. These factors and the expertise of our direct sales force enabled us to capture a significant share of these opportunities.
Turning to residential. Bookings were up low single digits, while revenues declined mid-single digits, exceeding our expectations entering the quarter. In Americas transport refrigeration, bookings were up double digits and revenues were up low single digits, significantly outperforming end markets, which saw truck, trailer and APU segments down double digits in Q1. EMEA results were solid and consistent with our expectations, excluding headwinds from geopolitical events in the region. In Asia Pacific, Commercial HVAC bookings were up high 20s and revenues grew low single digits in the quarter, led by the rest of Asia, where bookings were up approximately 50% and revenues were up low single digits. Now I'd like to turn the call over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #6. Dave covered many key points from this slide earlier, so I'll keep my comments brief. Organic revenue growth for the enterprise was solid, up 3%, led by services growth, up double digits. Enterprise organic leverage was in the high teens and adjusted EPS growth was 7%, demonstrating the effectiveness of our business operating system and driving operational excellence throughout the P&L.
Please turn to Slide #7. Margins across the segments were largely in line with our expectations, with the Americas and Asia operating margins up 10 basis points and 90 basis points, respectively. EMEA margins were impacted by expected first year acquisition and integration-related costs and lower revenues than forecast in the Middle East. We also maintained high levels of business reinvestment across the portfolio in the quarter, driving our flywheel of innovation and growth. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #8. Our outlook for 2026 remained strong, supported by our record bookings and backlog. Our Americas Commercial HVAC business is executing at a very high level, significantly outperforming end markets. We expect continued strength in data centers and other core markets like higher education, government and health care, just to name a few. Our Q1 book-to-bill was approximately 150% and and our backlog is up nearly 70% year-over-year, strengthening our visibility into 2026 and beyond.
Based on our exceptional backlog and the timing of customer deliveries, we expect approximately 10% revenue growth in Q2 against a tough prior year comp of mid-teens growth. We expect revenues to accelerate to low teens growth as we move through the second half of the year. In residential, we had a strong start to the year. We expect Q2 to be flattish, pivoting to growth in the second half aided by easier prior year comps. At this early stage in the year, our outlook remains prudent with flat revenues expected for 2026.
Turning to transport. Market fundamentals continue to improve and are increasingly supportive of a recovery in late 2026 and healthy growth in 2027. Our market forecast remains largely unchanged, with a mid-single-digit decline expected for full year 2026. We expect Q2 to be down roughly mid-teens based on the timing of large customer deliveries within the year. As we've discussed previously, given our strong mix of large customers, orders and revenues can be uneven from quarter-to-quarter. We significantly outperformed the transport markets in the first quarter and expect to outperform for the year.
Turning to EMEA. Our results to date and expectations for the year are largely unchanged, excluding impacts related to the Middle East. First and foremost, we have prioritized the safety of our employees in the region. We do expect continued headwinds in the second quarter of approximately $50 million in revenues, representing an estimated $0.05 EPS impact in Q2. We continue to monitor the situation closely.
In Asia Pacific, China remains challenging with dynamic macro conditions. We expect the rest of Asia to be stronger than China in 2026. Overall, our outlook for the region remains flattish for 2026. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Chris. Chris, over to you.
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #9. Our 2026 guidance reflects the market dynamics we've discussed, and operational excellence driven by our business operating system. It also incorporates our value creation flywheel, continued investment in innovation, market outgrowth, healthy leverage and strong free cash flow. We're increasing our organic revenue growth guidance to approximately 7%, the high end of our prior range of approximately 6% to 7%. Our reported revenue guidance moves to approximately 9.5% with unchanged estimates for approximately 2 points of M&A and 50 basis points of favorable FX. We're also increasing our adjusted EPS guidance range to $14.75 to $14.95, were approximately 13% to 15% of adjusted EPS growth, up from $14.65 to $14.85 prior. For Q2 2026, we expect approximately 5% organic revenue growth and adjusted EPS in the range of $4.20 to $4.25. For additional details, please refer to Slide 16.
Please turn to Slide #10. We remain committed to our balanced capital allocation strategy, focused on deploying excess cash to maximize shareholder returns. First, we strengthened our core business through relentless reinvestment. Second, we maintain a strong balance sheet to ensure optionality as markets evolve. Third, we expect to deploy 100% of excess cash over time. Our approach includes strategic M&A to enhance long-term returns and share repurchases when the stock trades below our calculated intrinsic value.
Please turn to Slide #11. We are on track to deploy between $2.8 billion to $3.3 billion in 2026 through our balanced capital allocation strategy. This includes approximately $900 million for dividends reflecting a 12% increase to $4.20 per share annualized in 2026. We deployed or committed approximately $340 million year-to-date for M&A and strategic investments. Our share repurchases year-to-date through April stand at approximately $300 million, and we still have approximately $4.4 billion remaining under our current share repurchase authorization, providing significant optionality. Our M&A pipeline remains active, and we will continue to be disciplined in our approach. Overall, our strong free cash flow, liquidity, balance sheet and substantial share repurchase authorization offer excellent capital allocation optionality as we move forward. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #13. The Americas transport refrigeration market remains dynamic, but the long-term outlook is strong. ACT projects the market to bottom in the first half of 2026 and recover late in the second half. ACT also expects a sharp rebound beginning in 2027 and continued expansion through the end of the decade. We expect growth as well, but anticipate a more gradual slope to the recovery. We're managing the down cycle effectively, outperforming end markets and continuing to invest in innovation, so we're well positioned as the market strengthens. .
Please turn to Slide #14. In closing, our strategy is aligned to powerful secular tailwinds that position us to outperform megatrends around sustainability, digitalization, and rising energy demand are intensifying the need for our systems and services. Through breakthrough innovation and the strength of our people, we're delivering superior performance for our customers and advancing a more sustainable future. With our proven business operating system, record backlog and strong demand, we are well positioned to deliver differentiated shareholder value in 2026 and beyond. And now we'd be happy to take your questions. Operator?
[Operator Instructions] The first question today comes from Chris Snyder from Morgan Stanley.
2. Question Answer
I wanted to ask about the Americas applied orders. Just kind of keep getting better despite the bar already being very high. I think this quarter, you're up 160%. I guess my question is, are customers ordering with longer lead times than they were 6 or 12 months ago. Like when you guys look at this backlog, is the delivery schedule meaningfully different versus a year ago? Just trying to figure a part of the strength is there's some extension in that lead times.
A little bit confusion. Let me try to clear it up. Look, we have published lead times for all of our products. And the published lead time on the unitary could be relatively quickly, in many cases, we have stock products. so it could be next day, all the way up through our applied solutions where you could have lead times, say, 30 weeks. So from a lead time perspective, we're very, very competitive. In fact, we also offer a majority of our applied products, quick shift programs, which if a customer had an emergency, we'd be able to respond to at a premium, but we'd be able to respond. So that's kind of the lead time side of it. Now if you're asking when customers are asking for the products, a little bit of a different question. And that could be really -- I think in the past, we probably talked about on average, and averages are always a little bit different. So we would talk about a 6 to 9 months. In some verticals, we are seeing that being extended. Could it be 12 months, 18 months, in some cases for sure, depending on the customer, how much visibility they want us to have to make sure that we make sure our supply chain is ready as well. So it's it's -- I guess the answer is, if you're asking from a customer standpoint, for sure, it's a little bit longer. Customers want that security that they're going to make sure that we have their order, and we're able to execute to it. From lead times that we actually published that we actually can meet demand for customers, that is as it's always been.
And I appreciate you highlighting that distinction between like the customers' lead times in your own because it does seem quite important. Maybe if I could just follow up on some of the cost/tariff changes that are in the market. I guess any impact on your back half price expectations in response to that? And then just kind of maybe more broadly, we hear a lot about difficulty or challenges of producing in the U.S. and others say it's just straight up uneconomical. You guys have proved the opposite. Can you just maybe talk about the advantages of producing in the United States? And how have you been able to compete effectively while facing the higher labor costs that come from domestic production?
Yes, Chris, thanks for the questions. I'll kick off, and I think Dave will jump in. But look, tariffs and inflation, look, it's certainly a dynamic environment with many changes since our last earnings call in January. On a net basis, we are expecting more inflation, including from raw materials and tariffs in the year than was estimated, say, 90 days ago. We do expect inflation will put some near-term pressure on price costs. However, we expect to manage this for the full year and it's baked into our guide. I'm not going to size the dollar impact for competitive reasons. However, let me just share some context that I think would be helpful. We've had an in-region, for-region manufacturing strategy for well over a decade in Trane Technologies. At the end of 2025, we had 21 factories in the Americas. Of that, 20 of those factories are in the U.S. and 1 factory is in Mexico. Since then, we've acquired Stellar Energy, which added production in Florida, which we're expanding, and we're expanding capacity with a new site to open later this year in Texas. So one more thing to add. Over 95% of our products sold in the U.S. are manufactured and/or assembled in the U.S. So look, we've had a very strong track record to manage through inflation and tariffs, maybe some short-term pressure, but we've got that managing our guide, and we'll continue to leverage our business operating system to mitigate the impact of inflation, including tariffs over time. We'll look at mitigating the cost with suppliers. We'll look at alternative sources of supply. And then we'll look at pricing as necessary to offset that cost. So at this point, I don't want to get ahead of our businesses on price for the year. Our guide was around 1.5 points back in January. It's probably a little bit higher than that, probably closer to 2 points at the enterprise level now, but we'll continue to leverage the business operating system and mitigate the cost where we can and price where we need to.
Yes. And Chris, just a follow-up there on how do we stay competitive. Look, I'll brag about our operating system, right? We are a great operator at Trane Technologies. And we like our plants right here in the United States. We like creating jobs right here in the United States, and we do it, and we do it in a very competitive way. And every time I go to one of our plants, I just see all the improvements they're making from the last time I had an opportunity to visit and I just get so excited about what the future is going to look like for our company. So look, we have -- as Chris said, we have over 21 plants now in the United States, for real shortly like that, and we are very, very competitive, as you could see with our results.
Julian Mitchell from Barclays has the next question.
Just wanted to start off with a question on operating leverage. I think organically, it was high teens in the first quarter and you've got that mid-20s sort of baseline for the year. Maybe kind of walk us through how we should think about the operating leverage playing out through the balance of the year organically. And I suppose the inorganic headwind to that shrinks progressively? Is that the fair way to look at it?
Yes, I mean in the first quarter, I think leverage is consistent with our expectations. We did a little bit better in the residential business. We had a bit of a headwind in the impact in the Middle East due to the conflict. And you're right, it was around high teens organic leverage in the first quarter. We do see that improving as we move the year. So you can think around the second quarter is in that mid-20s kind of range. And then in the second half, we're in the mid- to high 20s. In terms of organic leverage, we continue to see an acceleration in the top line and then conversion to the bottom line in the second half of the year, consistent with our guide in January. We have even more conviction about the second half of the year and the guide for the year. And a little bit easier comps in residential, growing top line and transport. And we expect to have a very strict business in the second half of the year with the Americas Commercial HVAC executing on the backlog and when customers want products.
Yes. The only thing I would add, Julian, is in our resi business, and we talked about this on our fourth quarter earnings call, we're level loading. So where in the past, we would ramp up our factory and over really produce in the first 5 months of the year and then bleed that down as we work through the peak season. We've changed our playbook there. So we're level loading. So yes, we are taking a bit of an absorption impact here in the first, I'll say, half of the year, but that will obviously come back in the back half of the year.
That's helpful. And then maybe just a follow-up question on the resi HVAC side of things. Any big differences you're seeing on the one-step versus two-step sort of movement there? And what's your confidence in terms of that inventory level in the channel? And any early reads on summer selling season as it's starting out soon.
Good question. I mean, look, we're very happy with our first quarter in resi. It came in a bit better than what we anticipated down mid-single digits. As far as inventory goes in, look, as we said on our fourth quarter call, we thought it was set properly in the independent wholesale distributor channel and here we are at the end of the first quarter, and we say it's set properly. So no change to that. We have the desired inventory levels, and we're optimistic. I mean we -- at the end of the fourth quarter, we felt we could be down 5% on our resi business. We've now modified that. We think it's going to be a flattish year. But we'll see how it plays out. We're only in Q1. But early signs are we're executing well. And we're more bullish than we have been for a while in our resi business. And the team there is doing a great job executing. So we'll see how the rest of the year plays out.
The next question comes from Scott Davis, Melius Research.
So look, I want to back up a little bit. I think last quarter, you talked about the applied orders widening out and beyond just data center. Can you give a little bit of color on that? What particular markets -- I'm assuming that continued just given the orders up 160% has to be pretty broad-based. But can you talk a little bit about some of the non-data center verticals that were strong for you?
Yes. I mean I think I talked a little bit in the prepared remarks. But yes, it was broad-based, which is always encouraging for us. Look, everyone should understand, data centers was very strong, okay? Very strong. However, we had -- from a revenue standpoint, we had growth in the majority of the verticals that we track in, at least in the Americas. I think we had -- it was 9 of the 14 verticals had positive growth, so you could see that this is a broad based. We have -- I want to make sure everyone is aware, we have not lost focus on the core or what we call the core, even though data centers are very strong. I'll remind everyone that 95% plus of our account managers or sales force do not call on data centers. And they have deep domain expertise in these verticals. And that really allows us to win. So broad-based growth, mega projects continue to grow. Data centers continue to grow. And obviously, our order rates continue to grow, and it's going to be a great year for Trane Technologies.
Scott, I'll add on the backlog. The growth in the first quarter was -- I'll use a little bit around numbers here is around $3 billion. And of that $3 billion, around $1.2 billion was from acquisitions, and of that was around $1 billion for Stellar Energy. So that means we had about $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion of backlog growth from the core, from organic growth in the business. So a very strong quarter in terms of backlog growth. We typically have seen plus or minus a couple of hundred million dollars to the backlog in any quarter over the last few years. So very strong momentum in orders and backlog and the pipeline continues to remain very strong.
And are you guys operating full out in your factories and your applied facilities right now? Are you fully capacitized at this point? Or do you still have a little bit of flex?
Yes. I mean there's flex in some of the factories. Obviously, we're operating at a very high level right now. But capacity is one of those things where everyone will -- how you're defining it, right? Right now, the majority of our factories were only running two shifts. So -- in fact, some were only running one shift. So we certainly have that to fall back on. With that said, I would also tell you that we have expanded our capacity certainly over the last 3 years, and we have plans to continue that expansion. In fact, we're making those investments as we speak. Stellar, Chris talked about earlier. We also have expansions going into our -- some of our applied factories as well.
Yes. And Scott, we did raise our CapEx target for the year. We're generally 1% to 2% of revenue. We raised it to 2% to 3% of revenue, a, to capture the expanded production in Florida and in Texas for stellar and also to make sure we are staying ahead of where we see the growth, especially in our applied commercial HVAC business. So still targeting greater than or equal to 100% of free cash flow even with that higher CapEx spend for the year.
[Operator Instructions] We'll take the next question from Andy Kaplowitz from Citi.
So -- like obviously, data centers continue to be strong. But I'm curious like if you look globally, you look at a market like Asia Pac, I mean, it's still a tough market, as you said, but you did have, I think, 50% growth ex China in bookings there. So you see maybe a little bit more broad-based growth. I don't know if it's led by data centers in places like that or maybe in Europe as well?
Yes. I mean, data centers are strong globally, okay? Once you get outside of the U.S., they tend to get smaller in size, but they're strong everywhere. Look, we had some -- we have -- our Asia team, we're still calling Asia flat for the year. But outside of China, we had some nice growth, nice orders. Team's got a very robust pipeline that they're tracking there. So we're going to continue to execute. I'm still optimistic that we could hopefully do a little bit better than flattish in our Asia Pacific region for the year. And then the team is certainly executing to that goal as well. In Europe, look, I mean, Europe is actually -- was relatively strong for us in Q1. I mean orders were up as we expected as was revenue. So we're not concerned at all about Europe, and that team continues to be very innovative and satisfying their customers in creative ways. So we're happy with Europe. Obviously, the Middle East, we could all understand what's happening there, and we talked about that in our prepared remarks. But the good news is all of our employees are safe in the Middle East and let's hope that conflict gets over in the near term here.
Agreed. And I'm curious about your continued outperformance in Americas transport pretty strong in Q1 versus the market. I know you expect a recovery late this year, maybe a more gradual recovery than ACT. But maybe you can talk about why you continue to outperform sort of the new products in the market and of the outlook as you move forward there?
Yes. I'll sound like a little bit of a broken record here because we love to talk about the innovation that we're putting out into the marketplace. And the transport markets have been down for years now. I think we all know that. And we've been saying for a long time that we're going to continue to invest even in down markets because that's what makes great companies in the long term. And you see some of those innovations and the efficiency of our products, the quality of our products. It's -- you could go out and do a sample of the trucking industry and you'd see the the gold star is Thermo King, it's a gold star for a reason. And that team will continue to execute. We're seeing some nice signs that hopefully, this market turns around. We're pretty confident it's going to turn here in the back half of the year. It's late, but 2027 looks like it's going to be a very strong market. And if you listen to ACT they would tell you it's going to be a strong market and continue to build through the rest of the decade. So we're well positioned there. And I'll congratulate my team there for execution quite well here in the first quarter.
Next up is Amit Mehrotra from UBS.
Dave, I just would like to see if you can talk about what you think your TAM is within data centers and how Stellar may change that. When I think about Trane and data centers, I think large applied chillers, but obviously, there modular systems now with Stellar and obviously, the orders and the conversion is very good. So can you just talk about what that does for your competitive offering within data centers and really kind of what it does for your TAM?
Yes. Sure. Well, let me start with Stellar, okay, because I think that's a great business, and we're so excited to have to be part of the Trane Technologies family. Today, Stellar specializes in building modular chiller plants for data centers, okay? But if we start kind of with the end in mind as to where we see stellar. Think of this as a business that in 2 to 3 years is a $1 billion business. Think of it with mid-teens plus EBITDA serving many verticals, not just data centers. The skilled labor scarcity is not unique to the data center vertical. It applies to all of our verticals, and we know that this is a great solution to help alleviate some of those shortages. So we're very excited to have Stellar as part of the acquisition. If you look at it today, it's $1 billion in backlog. I think about half of that shipping here in 2026. Modest accretion in 2026 as we'll be investing pretty heavily there. Chris talked a little bit about some of the expansions, but we're really deploying our operating system. So we'll continue to deploy that and make a good company, an even better company. And so I think it's going to -- we'll continue to see benefits with our Stellar acquisition well into the future, and we're excited to have it be part of the family.
The other addition that we made was in LiquidStack, which really expanded our offering in CDUs. So another nice addition that's off to a great start, and we'll continue to leverage that. They also have some technology, kind of futuristic technology as well that we think could be part of the solutions and data centers in the future. As far as our position in data centers, we like our position, right? We're thought of it as the thermal management experts, okay? We're working with hyperscalers. We're working with other influencers, chip manufacturers and designing what some refer to as reference designs, others refer to as data centers of the future. But look, we get called on for a reason because of our expertise. And as far as the TAM goes, it keeps expanding, okay? And the data center vertical keeps moving with innovation, and we keep pushing some of that innovation and developing that innovation. But it's a very, very strong vertical today, and it will be a very strong vertical well into the future.
Great. And maybe just a follow-up to that. I don't know if this question is for Chris, maybe if you can talk about data center service revenue and when you expect that to kick in? Obviously, services 1/3 of the business mix right now. And maybe you can just help us think about how much of that is already data centers and really like the mix within mix is data center service revenue ramps up as the mix within that mix of service positive.
Sure. I mean, again, with the end of mind, I mean, the service opportunity with the recent last few years' growth in data centers is still well in front of us. We've been in the data center vertical for decades. And so there's been a service component, but it's been 1 of 14 verticals prior to the last few years with the significant investments there, Amit. So that's very much in front of us. We think about complex applied systems. They require the OEM to be connected. They require the OEM to provide service and maintenance and I know the last thing a data center wants is to ever have a fall to go down. So making sure that those systems and cooling systems are operating efficiently and rotation through the products is obviously very, very important. And maybe one more thing I'll maybe add on Stellar. Maybe just from a modeling perspective, as Dave said, we expect about $500 million of revenue this year from Stellar. We had about the base of that business that we acquired is around $350 million of revenue. That was part of our January guide of around 2 points of revenue contribution from M&A. We also had anticipated about maybe 25% of growth off of that just based on where data center growth was going in our January guide. Now in April, we've got the entire $500 million in our guide. And think of that as probably around $50 million incremental revenue we got captured in April. But it's an exciting business. The pipelines remain very strong in that business as well. And to Dave's point, we've got a lot of investments to make to take this from a $350 million business to a $1 billion-plus revenue business in 2 to 3 years.
Yes. Just one other comment on services. I think I've told most of you about our investment that we made here in North Carolina and our training facility. It's really the largest of its kind. I had the opportunity of the data to speak to a class. And this particular class was there, there were technicians getting certified in data center commissioning, okay? That's how detailed we are in our training. And I'll tell you, I was so impressed with the talent of our technicians and the excitement that they had on their face. I went home and I told my wife, I said, well, I come back -- when I come back next time I'm going to be a service technician. It's just somewhat -- it's going to be so fun and there's going to be so much growth in that space. But look, we're going to -- as Chris said, a lot of this data center service works in front of us, and we're making sure we're ready for it. And it's going to be a really fun journey here.
I think you will make a great technician, by the way.
I was okay with me being a technician, but I had to do it now.
Andrew Obin from Bank of America has the next question.
Dave, I think you're probably doing better than a technician. That would be my guess. But maybe a question, there's a lot of conversation about behind-the-meter power and sort of resulting changes in HVAC infrastructure in data centers. Can you maybe talk about absorption chiller technology at Trane? What do you guys have? Do you need to add capacity? And does technology need to evolve to support behind-the-meter needs?
Look, I think behind the meter needs are not only in data centers, I'll start with that, but I'll come back to that. But as far as in data center sure, we're starting to see that. As far as absorption chillers, yes, that's a technology that has been around for a while, okay? It's certainly getting some conversation now in data centers. But I would tell you there's a lot of other types of technologies that we're looking at as well that probably have less water usage, and you could get some of the same benefits -- a little bit careful here. Think of it as abiotic cooling type solutions that we're working on in clever ways. So that's another one. There's certainly a lot of conversation around direct current in data centers. So that's another technology that we're doing a lot of work on. All that's going to be in front of us. And if you look at -- and there's a couple of some of the larger chip manufacturers that will actually publish some of these reference designs. It's very interesting to go out and look at some of what our team is working on there, and it's pretty explicit as to what some of those technologies could be in the future. But the behind-the-meter, yes, that's happening. And I would also tell you that we have a philosophy that, that will happen in all buildings, right? And long term, we believe that all buildings will be smarter. All buildings will be more resilient. And we believe that we're going to be part of the solution there with our agentic AI software tools to make buildings a lot smarter. And that's really going to be part of our future growth projections that we have going forward because we know that most buildings waste about 30% of the energy that they pay for. And when you can solve that problem, is solving a great problem for the planet from a carbon footprint standpoint. They're also creating great paybacks for the customer. And you probably heard me say before, it is green for green, right? It's great because it's saving our customers a lot of money, and it's also really good for the environment. So data centers is 1 part of it, but don't leave out the core because that same concept is going to take hold there.
Excellent. And maybe once again, stay on the data center topic. Your client Stellar Energy. Can you just talk about -- and also, obviously, you have How has dialogue changed with customers since these acquisitions? And specifically, your ability to increase your service presence inside data center with these acquisitions. How should we think about that?
Yes. I mean I don't think our dialogue has really changed with the end customers. We kind of always led with our deep domain expertise. We like direct relationships with the customer, okay? So that's not new to us. We have the broadest portfolio in the industry. So we're able to make sure that we're thinking at a system level, not a product level. So that hasn't changed. Look, the service organization, and I've said this before, when customers, whether they be a hyperscaler or a colo, when they come and see the capacity that we have within our service organization, you can see their eyes light up because they see the expertise that we have. They see how we train our associates and they just -- it alleviates a big -- if they had a fear that if something went wrong, we'd be there, that fear gets alleviated very quickly.
Next, we'll take a question from Noah Kaye, Oppenheimer.
Maybe just to go back to transport and the outlook. You just give us a little bit more insight on what drives your back half conservatism versus ACT. Anything that you may be seeing from the pipeline to drive that? Or we're just kind of leaving this as upside for the year.
Yes. I mean, look, we have several models, okay, ACT as one of them that we use to do our forecasts. And so don't just base everything on ACT. Look, we think it's going to have an uptick in the back half of the year. It's probably the oldest fleet of vehicles that we've seen in a long, long time, maybe 30, 40 years. I mean this -- these units eventually have to get replaced. They cost too much to operate if you don't. You have the spot rate that's now exceeding the contract rate, which is always a good sign. We're bullish that this market is going to start to come back. And when it comes back, it's going to come back relatively strongly. We don't quite have the same inflection point in 2027 is ACT those. We think they're being a little aggressive there because I'm not sure that the trailer OEMs could respond to that type of an increase. But we're bullish about -- I think it's going to trough here in the second quarter, and I think it's upside in the back half of the year and really for several years to come. So this is a great business, and it's had some tough years. But look, having personal experience of running this business at oen time in my career, we will continue to be very, very successful in our transport refrigeration business.
Yes. Maybe just want to ask about some of the improvements that the company made to the reference design for large-scale data center deployments. It's a little bit of a piece with your comments earlier on innovation, but there's more of a benefit from heat recovery integration, larger air cooled chillers. How far in front of kind of the market is this in terms of the innovation trend? Are you already starting to see this kind of reflected in your orders rates or your pipeline?
Yes. I think you got to take a reference design and think it's probably out there. We could argue whether it's 12 months or 24 months, but it's probably somewhere in between there. I think -- like I said, I think you could think of buildings being smarter, I think you're going to see chillers being smarter. And we're doing a lot of work around that. And think of it as taking different elements that may not be part of that system today and embedding them in the system. So having a chiller that knows when to run in a free cooling mode only, or having a chiller that knows when to run in a vapor compression cycle and for how long, understanding weather patterns and the impact that they have on these micro grids that are being created here with these chiller farms and knowing when to cycle which units, that's all part of the efficiencies. And then you start thinking about the water flow. By the way, they're all closed loop systems, but the water flow within the system and the velocity and the needs and the pressure. So there's a lot of complications here, and I'll get over my skis relatively quickly, but I know that we have some smart technical engineers that work with the hyperscalers and the -- of the world that love to have these conversations. And little changes make a big difference, and it can have a big impact on the bottom line of a data center.
Nigel Coe from Wolfe Research is up next.
I want to go back to this AI reference design that you've been highlighting, Dave. But before that, I just want to make sure we cover just a couple of guidance points. The resi outlook for flat for the year, you got flat for 2Q. Seems like 1 comp, the back half looks super easy or rather super conservative. I just want to make sure I understand that. And I think that ACT did raise the reefer builds for the full year, you're not raising your market outlook. So just wondering what that disconnect about.
Yes. Well, I mean I'll start with the TK side of it. Look, we didn't -- we thought that TK we think that ACT maybe was a little bit -- maybe wasn't very accurate at the end of the fourth quarter. So them raising their number didn't really change our outlook very much at all, okay? Like I said, we use ACT. We use other sources, including our own internal models. So we're happy that it's not a negative number for ACT. I think it jumped up, I think it's 6% now, what they're projecting. We'll see out of the year unfolds here, but we're off to a good start in the first quarter. Some of that had to do with timing of some large customers, as I talked about in our prepared remarks. But at the end of the day, we're starting to see some some growth signs in Thermo King, which I haven't been able to say in a long time. So I'm proud of what that team has been able to do.
Nigel, I'll add on residential. We took the full year guide up to about flattish versus flat to down 5% in January. Off to a strong start, but it's also just the first quarter of the year, right? We're just about to enter into the cooling season calling the second quarter around flattish, and maybe around mid-single-digit growth in the second half. But I mean, our teams are ready. We've talked about inventory in the channel is in a very good spot just like it was 90 days ago. And we'll see how the year plays out, but we'll let like to put it out in this outlook and a lot of confidence in the full year guide.
Let me know if you need a unit, okay, Nigel, you could help us out.
Yes. Well, I just replaced my unit, but you never know, maybe another year or 2. And then just on going back to data center -- so go back to data center. You mentioned DC power and you seem to indicate you wanted to those opportunities. So I'm wondering, do you want to be a DC power sort of equipment provider? Or are you talking about sort of realigning your equipment to be DC power native. Just want to clarify that. And then on the AI reference design, to what extent is that helping drive higher content for Trane. I'm talking about chillers and the whole integrated unit as opposed to just selling pieces of the puzzle.
Yes. I think on the DC question, absolutely. It's -- we're not going to get into DC power, but we're going to make sure our system can work on DC power. So think of it like that. As far as the reference design, look, every reference design I've seen as chillers in it. I would also tell you that in data centers, as in other verticals, we love to think of it at a system level, and we have the opportunity to think at a system level based on the breadth of our portfolio. So we're not wed to any particular component within that system. We just wanted all to say, Trane Technologies at the end of the day. And when we sit down with the influencers in the data center vertical and work on reference designs, we're plugging and playing lots of different products and derivatives of those products that could be in a pipeline of our own NPD pipeline for the future. We're very happy with our position in data centers. We believe that the data center vertical will be strong for the foreseeable future, and we know that we're going to be a big part of that.
This does conclude the question-and-answer session. I'd like to turn the call back to Zac Nagel for any additional or closing remarks.
I'd just like to thank everyone for joining today's call and wanted to let folks know we'll be around for questions, as always. So please feel free to give us a call. Also we're looking forward to seeing many of you on the road here in the second quarter, and we'll speak to you at the end of the second quarter on our earnings call. Thanks again. Bye.
Once again, everyone, that does conclude today's conference. We would like to thank you all for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Trane Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Starkes Q1: Rekord-Backlog und Guidance-Anhebung, getrieben von Commercial HVAC und Datenzentrumsgeschäft.
Q1-Ergebnisse, Managementkommentare und ausführliche Q&A rund um Nachfrage, Inflation und M&A.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Organische Buchungen: +24% (Enterprise, Q1).
- Umsatz (organic): +3% (Enterprise, organisch).
- Adjusted EPS: +7% (bereinigtes Ergebnis je Aktie).
- Backlog: $10,7 Mrd., >30% Anstieg vs. Jahresende 2025; Q1 Book-to-Bill ≈150%.
- Commercial HVAC: Americas-Buchungen ≈+40%; Applied Solutions +160% (starker Treiber).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Datenzentren-Fokus: Stellar-Akquisition erweitert Modul-Kapazität; Data‑Center-Pipeline als zentraler Wachstumstreiber.
- Services & Betrieb: Services sind ~1/3 des Umsatzes, dienen als stabiler, margenstarker Wiederkehrer; Betriebs‑system soll Inflation/Tarife abfedern.
- Kapitalallokation: Weiterhin Balance aus Reinvestitionen, M&A und Rückkäufen; 2026 Deploymentziel $2,8–3,3 Mrd., Dividende +12%.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahresguide: Organisches Umsatzwachstum ~7% (oben im vorherigen Rahmen), berichtete Umsätze ≈9,5% inkl. ~2 Pp M&A und ~50 bp günst. FX.
- Adj. EPS: $14,75–14,95 (≈13–15% Wachstum); Q2-Erwartung: ~5% organisches Wachstum, adj. EPS $4,20–4,25.
- Risiken: Mittlerer Osten: ~ $50 Mio. Revenue‑Headwind in Q2 (~$0,05 EPS); China/Asia bleiben herausfordernd; Tarife/Inflation drücken kurzfr. auf Preise (Management nennt ~2 Pp Pricing-Effekt auf Konzernebene).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Lead times vs. Nachfrage: Management: Kunden bestellen weiter im Voraus (teilweise 12–18 Monate), veröffentlichte Lieferzeiten bleiben wettbewerbsfähig.
- Inflation & Produktion: Nachfrage nach US‑Fertigung bleibt hoch; Firma betont in‑region Produktionsstrategie und das Betriebs‑system; konkreten Dollar‑Impact auf Tarife nannte man nicht.
- Datenzentrum & Stellar: Analysten fragten nach TAM, Service‑Upside und Skalierung; Management sieht Stellar als Auslöser für beschleunigtes Wachstum (Ziel: $1 Mrd. in 2–3 Jahren) und Ausbau von Service‑Umsätzen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Kurz: Trane zeigt starke Nachfrage (insbesondere Commercial HVAC und Data Centers), erhöht Guidance und liefert hohe Cash‑Optionalität; Aktionäre profitieren von besserer Umsatzsichtbarkeit und aktiver Kapitalverwendung, müssen aber regionale Risiken (Mittlerer Osten, China) sowie kurzfristige Inflations-/Tarifdrucke beachten.
Trane Technologies — Citi's Global Industrial Tech & Mobility Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Get started again. We are super excited to have Trane Technologies with us. Again, a mainstay of our conference, and we appreciate it. We've got Dave Regnery, who is the Chairman and CEO of Trane; and Chris Kuehn, who is the EVP and CFO.
So Dave, as I walk over, I think I ask you this question every year, but maybe I'll get a different answer, maybe get the same.
If I don't give the same answer, AI will pick up, I changed words and start to interpret something.
That's for sure. But innovation, as you know, has been a focus of consistent outperformance for you guys. So your competitors are always coming for you. So how do you stay ahead? And what are the latest investments you're making? How is AI impacting your approach to innovation?
There's a lot there.
Well, I've tried to adjust, adopt, evolve.
I like it. Well, first of all, thanks, everyone, for coming today. We're excited to be here. Andy and the team always do such a great job at this conference. So it's -- it's also nice to be in Miami where it's a little bit warmer than North Carolina right now.
Look, as far as innovation goes, it's about consistency. And people always ask me, they say, well, why are you the innovation leader in the industry? And it's like it hasn't happened because of an event, okay? It's been decades that we've consistently invested at a very high level in our company. And it's part of the philosophy as to why we put a model out that says we're going to leverage at 25% because we want to make sure that we always have the opportunity to invest in ourselves. It's the safest investment you will make.
And as a CEO, I told the group yesterday the same thing that the easiest decision that a CEO can make is cut your investments because you know what happens in the short term? It falls to the bottom line. You know what happens to the long term? We could define what long term is. But it's usually not a really good outcome, okay? Because you start to have -- you don't have innovation. You start to have a sales force that doesn't have anything new to sell. You start to be knocking on the door selling the same thing you've sold year after year, and it's a vicious cycle of bad things that happen.
So look, we're going to continue to invest heavily in our business. It's core to who we are as Trane Technologies. And I'd also tell you that it's not just the amount that you invest, it's the process you have around how you invest. And we have a gate process that's very detailed that all investments go through. And it really ensures that you're not having do over loops.
So you ask the questions upfront. And we've been able to really hone this for over a long period of time to really get it really exact so that we know that if we're launching a new product, we're going to hit the mark. We know that if we have an investment that we're making in the channel, we know what we're going to be up against, and we're able to really perfect that and really be able to execute at a high level.
As far as what we're investing in, I'd say everything, but that's not the right answer that you're looking for. But look, we're doing a lot with AI right now, okay? And at lunch, I'll be on a panel, we'll talk more about this. But we're doing a lot on the Level 5. So think of it at the application side, and it's really about how do you make buildings smarter. And if you just get your head around how do buildings become smarter and more resilient, and I'll talk more about this at lunch, but you could then understand the investments that we're making in AI. We're also doing some work with our virtual engineer, okay? It's called ARIA. And remember, our service business is about 1/3 of our portfolio. And this virtual engineer makes our technicians smarter every day in front of their customers. And it's not just about knowing when you're connected to the assets, what's there, what potentially could be wrong, you could ask a query.
So I was with a group of technicians a couple, I guess, last week. And I was telling them like my mindset here is that I want you to be smarter in front of the customer, and then you could just see their eyes open up like, oh, yes, I got it. And I mean, it's like I have a pressure drop. This is the unit, scan the barcode, goes back, reads the bill of material, knows what potential solutions can help solve the problem if the technician doesn't already know. It's very, very powerful. And it's going to make us even a better service company, although we're -- we're the leader in the industry today. It will make us even better in the future. So that's just a few things.
I mean we continue to invest in our channel. We continue to invest in our service organization, just put in a very large training facility in our North Carolina campus, all built around our technicians, by technicians to help train them. They were telling me when I was visiting this last week, they've already had over 3,000 students. This thing opened not too long ago, I think, but I don't know when it opened maybe October.
December, November.
So there's a lot of traction there. We're investing a lot, too, in apprenticeship programs. And the whole thing is about how do you create career ladders in our organization from hourly all the way through. And we have a lot of investments in advancement -- tuition advancement programs where in the past, it used to be -- if you had an associate that want to continue their education, even at a trade level, it was, well, you have to put the money upfront. If you get a passing grade, we'll refund you the money. Well, we switched that around. We said, we'll advance you the funds because we really want you to become better as an individual and better for our company.
So just a wide variety and obviously, new product development, and we're never going to stop investing in NPD. So we consider ourselves lucky because we generate a lot of cash. We have a great organization. And despite the questions that I get on every earnings call, our model is still going to be 25% leverage because I want to make sure that we have lots of dollars available to invest in ourselves. And you want me to because it's the safest investment we'll make, and it really creates the long-term growth that we've been able to see for the last 5 years.
So I thought we were going to set a new target of 35% today. I can't believe it. I'll move on from that. So I have about 12 questions in my next one, so I'm going to try to just separate it into 1 or 2. Maybe just quick updates on anything you're seeing in Q1, just to get it out of the way. It's obviously shoulder season in residential. We assume no change to the down 20%, although furnaces are probably running pretty hard in North Carolina and places like that. So anything you're seeing on the resi side or just kind of...
Yes, why don't I jump in? We won't provide an update today, but maybe I'll just remind everyone what we did say about the first quarter. We expected about flattish growth in Q1. Think about strong growth in commercial HVAC in the Americas in the 7% to 8% range. It's a little lower than what the growth has been in that business, the prior quarters. But think about aligning the backlog with what the customer required delivery dates are, and that's how we came up with the 7% to 8% growth. So there are more orders that are turning into revenue as you move throughout the year.
Think about the second half of 2025 and the inflection of the order growth in our commercial HVAC Americas business, over 30% growth in the second half of '25, much of that being Applied Systems. Generally, 9 months is a good range or average to use from the date of the order to the date of shipment. So that's why that revenue starts to inflect more, Andy, in the second quarter and the third and fourth quarter of the year.
But back to the first quarter, why flattish growth? The largest piece would be residential. We guided residential down about 20% in the first quarter. It's really due to the tough comps in first quarter of 2025. That business was up high teens last year. And looking back now, could it be from a few different reasons, probably a prebuy ahead of the refrigerant transition and maybe a prebuy ahead of tariffs coming into effect. That's really the drivers of the outperformance a year ago. So think about those being the 2 biggest drivers. We'd expect about mid-single-digit growth in EMEA and our Asia business to be around flattish for the first quarter.
That's helpful, Chris. And Dave, we'll definitely get to data centers, as I know you're aware. But...
You have a bet with someone...
How many times we're going to say it. I haven't get to it yet.
We're very strong in the data center vertical. But go ahead.
You haven't won yet. So you talked about 12 or 14 verticals growing with retail turning around and office coming back. So maybe just from your perspective, ex data center, would you say that commercial HVAC is better this year than last year? Like how do you...
Better 2026 versus 2025?
Yes.
Well, look, we're growing in 12 of 14 verticals. I'm not sure the market is growing in 12 or 14 verticals, right? And it's really because we stay focused on all verticals. And I know the hype is around data center, so I'll bring it up. Doesn't count...
Wait, I think you look...
But look, I was telling the group earlier today that 95% plus of our account managers or sales associates, which are all direct, never call on data centers. never, right? They're calling on what we would call our core verticals. And it's -- they have so much expertise in those verticals that we capitalize on the opportunities that exist. And the deep domain knowledge that they have in these verticals at a local level is extremely impressive. If you've ever been to one of our sales offices, they'll do deep dives into verticals. And it's -- I mean, I don't know all this, obviously, right, because they do because they live it every day. And it really allows us to capture the opportunity.
So look, we were very strong in the fourth quarter in data centers. We were very strong in Higher Ed. We were very strong in retail. I'm not sure retail has come back. We were very strong. We were very strong in office, right? And you can look at vacancy rates, okay? We were strong in office all year long. So we'll see what 2026 brings, but I'm optimistic about the capabilities that we have within our channel and the strength we have in that channel to go find opportunities. And maybe there are some companies, I don't know if this is true that are just running after data center business, that's fine because we'll give them a fair run, but we're also going to stay focused on our core verticals.
You're kind of leading me in your answer, but is there anything that changes in retail for that to turn? Or it's just what your penetration is? And then you've taken us to like, was it 55 Water Street. So we know why office can be strong for you, because you're kind of digging in, you've got the sort of best salespeople, but the duration of that?
I mean the retail is a broad-based vertical, okay? So it's not just any particular big -- it's not like a mega project that is going to change retail, right? It's really -- it's across the country, and it's a lot of groundwork, right? And it just goes to the strength of our channel.
What some people don't realize is that I tell people we have a direct channel and they're like, okay, so they're calling -- they have account manager or sales associates that call directly on customers. Yes. But they call on all 5 influencers within a sales process. So they'll call on the end user, they'll call on a general contractor, they'll call on a mechanical, they'll call on an engineer, they'll call on an architect. Do you know how much architects and engineers buy? Pretty close to 0, okay, other than maybe the building they reside in. Why do you call on them? Because you want to become the basis of design. You want them to understand the capabilities that we have in our portfolio. And when they do, that becomes the specification. And when you have it specified, that tends to start everything else moving.
If you do not have a direct sales force, you may or may not call on all those influencers. But I would tell you that when you do, your probability of winning is very, very high. And so one of the -- I was group earlier was the most undervalued piece of Trane Technology, the power of our channel, the power of our channel, whether it be -- on the commercial side or whether it be in our service business, it's the power of our channel.
So I am going to bring up data centers now. 120% commercial HVAC Americas order growth. So we saw it across our sector to some extent, at least the companies that are well exposed. So based on the conversation with the customers, I guess we wonder about the sustainability of the recent surge. How do you think about that? How should we condition ourselves? We think 120%...
I'm not sure 120% is going to repeat itself all the time. But I will tell you that the pipeline is very strong. And I said that at the end of the third quarter, and I've been in this industry a long time. I've never seen a pipeline like we have right now. I said at the end of the third quarter, I said at the end of the fourth quarter. There is a lot of activity that's happening. And I know everyone will point to data centers, and that's certainly very, very strong. But we see activity in many verticals, high-tech industrial, some of the reshoring activity that's going on. We see some nice mega projects that are working in pharma, which is nice to see because life science has been down for a while.
So look, it's broad-based that we see, and we have a lot of activity that's out there. So it's very bullish for us, at least on our commercial HVAC. And Europe, we haven't talked about Europe, but Europe, look at the inflection we've had in the last 2 quarters of the year. Our order growth was, what, high teens?
Yes, high teens.
High teens. Our backlog going into the year in Europe for commercial HVAC is up 40%, 4-0. So -- and I would tell you that one would argue the markets in Europe are not that robust and they may be right, but we're doing very, very well there. A lot of that has to do with innovation. A lot of that has to do with our -- the strength of our channel.
Is it also sort of the data center wave moving over there?
We certainly have -- I'll let Chris comment as well, but we certainly have data center business on a global basis, right? So don't just think it's North America. I would tell you the size of the data centers in Europe are much, much smaller than what we're seeing here in the States, like maybe like 1/10 the size. Now there is some pipeline activity that is working that you have larger 350 meg data centers that are being planned, 300 meg data center. But we'll see how that pans out, right? We'll see if they could actually -- if the permitting and the power supply actually comes to reality. But I don't know, Chris, if you want to add anything?
I think you got it.
Okay.
No. So I asked you this question at the beginning about how do you stay ahead of competition, but particularly in data centers, right? It's one of the fastest pace in terms of innovation, obviously, liquid cooling, higher power density. So maybe talk about what you're doing now to stay on offense. And I think it's not lost on me that the power of your channel and your sales force helps you, too, and service as well. So...
Yes. I think in data centers, it's a little bit different because it's such a small population of customers, right? I mean you guys -- I'm not allowed to, but you can probably all guess the hyperscalers and you could probably even guess at least 50% of the colos that matter. But I would tell you -- so others are able to have a direct sales force there as well, right? And I would tell you that maybe a little bit of a differentiation that we bring is within our core verticals, we always think of everything at a system level, right? So it's not just about a product, we're selling a solution.
And if you ever listened to one of our earnings calls, I will guarantee one of the questions will come in and we'll say, "How did you do in unitary?" And I'm always like, "Chris answer that." Because I'm not sure exactly how because we look at it as a solution, right? We don't look at it like this building here. If I told you how this building was configured, you'd sit there and say, "Okay, does it matter? We're just really concerned about the outcome." Right? Did I sleep well? Is it comfortable? Is the space the way expected is the air fresh and clean and breath. That's what you care about. You don't care about the fact that it's a chilled water system that's using air handling system. It's located on the third floor and you're trimming the perimeters with VRF systems. But you wouldn't care that way.
Well, in a data center world, right, we bring that thermal management system to the table. So yes, we're all working with the hyperscalers. Many of us are working with other influencers like chip manufacturers or some of the larger colos. But what we'll do is we look at the trade-offs that exist within the thermal management system. And there are trade-offs that exist, right? So for example, if you're using liquid cooling with cold plates, you're going to remove the heat at the source, at the chip, right? So therefore, less heat gets wear in the data hall. So what do you need less of air handling.
We have other customers that are looking at, hey, look, we don't want to necessarily have CDUs or cooling distribution units, right? We want to develop a system that goes from chiller to plate, right? Okay. Let's talk about water purity. Let's talk about deionized water. Let's talk about stainless steel piping. That's a solution. So there's lots of -- if you go across, don't get fixated on one particular part of the thermal management system. Look at the entire thermal management system because that's where you're going to find opportunities.
You'll hear a lot about, well, 800 DC. Sure. Yes, we've heard it, too, right? We're part of that conversation. A lot of heat, right? You hear about chiller farms, right? Because remember, these data centers, a hospital could have 3 chillers, right? A data center could have 200 chillers, right, side by side. You take 200 chillers and you start rejecting heat all at the same time, you know what you create call the micro environment, right? That micro environment could be 20, 25 degrees F hotter than the ambient temperature right next door.
How could you -- how do you utilize free cooling in that environment? Are there some chillers that maybe free cooling is more applicable to that at certain times of the day based on maybe like how the wind blows. So those are the kind of things that we would bring to the equation. And little things mean a lot in the data center world. So don't -- like people sometimes in a building, if I talk to you about saving energy because you're wasting 30% of it, people will say, "Well, that goes to my income statement." In a data center world, it's really positioning it to how I could do more computing, right, because that's where the value is being generated.
Helpful. So I'm going to open it up to the audience in a second. But this next question is definitely for Chris because it's about unitary.
Okay.
I think we did well.
There you go. But you did outperform the market in '25 in unitary, but you're forecasting relatively flattish growth, I think, in '26. So I assume unitary is just kind of going to be smaller versus your applied business given -- I know Dave is going to remind me there's a gray line, all that kind of stuff. But like how do we think about unitary why you're outperforming on let's call it, in the smaller boxes?
Yes. I mean last year, think of unitary growth in that low single-digit range, flattish to low single digit. We're thinking about that the same way for 2026 in this guide we put out a few weeks ago. Lead times are back to normal, right? We're ready with quick ship programs. And so we're in really good shape for what that season is going to look like and emergency repair is a big part of unitary.
What I would add is in our commercial HVAC business, the way we've described it is 50% equipment, 50% service. And then traditionally, of the 50% of equipment, it's been about half applied, half unitary. More recently, it's indexing a little bit more to applied. It's maybe more in that 60-40 range, plus or minus. No surprise just given the strength of some of the verticals that are out there. But to Dave's point, we understand the tonnage ranges that would fall in traditional unitary. We do think about it as a system approach. And we're not there to sell oversell on unitary product versus applied. It's what's the right solution for the end customer at the end of the day.
Yes. Helpful. Any questions from the audience? Anyone? We had a question in the last session. I was like, wow. All right. So let me keep coming.
So on price versus cost, you said, I think, Chris, correct me if I'm wrong, 1.5% of price this year, kind of more normalized 20 to 30 basis points of price versus cost. Obviously, there's questions, right? There's questions about resi pricing for you guys. But I think the complexity of the business is getting more. So pricing kind of gets lumped in there and commercial is strong. So what's the conviction level to deliver 20 to 30 basis points of price versus cost? Any more color around pricing in both your...
Let me step back. I mean the last 5 years have been fairly dynamic as we work through COVID to supply chain challenges to now ultimately refrigerant transition in the resi space in 2025. And I think the strength of the company's business operating system to manage through identifying cost inputs, which we know well, how do we ultimately hedge for those inputs where we can and then making sure we can price effectively so that we get that spread. I think the company has had a very strong track record in that regard, and we'll remain dynamic that way, Andy.
Yes, a few weeks ago on our earnings call, we guided to about 1.5 points of price for 2026. At the time, the residential business had not announced their price increase. They since have. It's an up to 5% price increase effective April 1. I think though we'll probably net in the couple of points range there, right? It wouldn't necessarily be on the top up to. It would be probably a couple of points. But pricing is led by innovation, right? And to Dave's opening point here, when you keep investing in your products and you've got new products to sell to customers that are more efficient than even the previous generation from 1 or 2 years ago, not 20 years ago, but from 1 or 2 years ago, that's an easier conversation to have with the customer and then leading with payback.
So a lot of confidence on the 1.5 points for the year, but we'll remain dynamic. As I said on the call, I hope that 2026 is a more stable year in terms of those cost inputs, but we will remain flexible to make sure we drive for that 20 or 30 basis points of outperformance on price cost.
Got it. Helpful. And I have a question here on geography. We already talked about North America and EMEA. So maybe just APAC, flattish in Asia overall, but maybe discuss visibility. How should we think about what's going on in rest of Asia versus China?
Yes. You want me to start?
Sure. Go ahead.
Think of the Asia segment, it's about 6% of the enterprise revenue, half of that revenue, 3 points would be -- 3% would be in China, 3% would be rest of Asia. We're seeing China remain choppy in terms of the markets that we serve, and these are non-res markets. We are -- just to be very clear that we serve in China. Choppy markets, right? We're expecting China to be down again in 2026. We're expecting growth in rest of Asia and overall net on a flattish basis.
But I would just remind listeners here that about 1.5 years ago, our team in Asia made the decision, and Dave and I said, yes, we agree. They wanted to make sure that they had a more focused customer base that they were going to sell to in China, right? Mechanical contractors or end users, there are 2 different classes of customers. Mechanicals would be more thinly capitalized and not uncommon to see the project that you've just sold to them, they're trying to pay with the next project. That's not the best outcome in terms of getting cash in. Now end users, okay, where we can ultimately go direct to them and understand what their usage is going to be, that's the place we want to go focus. That helped contribute to some of the declines in China, but I think it's bolstered the business there to make sure that you got high confidence in the collection cycle all the way to the end.
Yes. Look, we have a great team in Asia. We really do. And you can look at their margins, they're controlling what they can control. And look, we made a decision we're going to be pretty selective on some of our customer base in China. And we believe that's the right prudent long-term decision. And the rest of Asia is performing quite well.
So we'll see how 2026 pans out. But right now, we have it called flattish. That's what we have in our guide.
That's helpful, Dave. And it was nice to hear that you guys thought that resi channel inventory largely normalized heading into 1Q. So maybe discuss confidence around that. And I know you talked -- you gave a guide of flat to down 5%. So any risks, upside, downside? Like how do you think about it? You guys got good...
Look, we do a lot of work with our independent wholesale distributors. And just remind everyone, think of our resi business with 15% of the enterprise, think about half of that is through independent wholesale distributors. The other half, we act as the wholesale distributor. So we're talking about the 7% or so part of the business. It got overstocked. It just did, right? We -- first quarter last year, we didn't really see the fact that there was a prebuy happening because of tariffs, but it happened. Then we had this refrigerant change that didn't go very well for the industry. I'm sure everyone is aware of that, so I won't rehash it. And then we had a very short selling season, right?
So all the potential avenues to burn off the inventory in 2025 really didn't happen. And we knew that we had to make a decision in the fourth quarter -- we had to take down production. It's not an easy decision. There's a workforce on the other end of this. And we took 1/3 of the days out in the fourth quarter. We wanted to get it behind us. Based on our intelligence, working with our independent wholesale distributors and understanding their inventory requirements and their levels, we believe we're in good shape going into 2026.
So I think it's look, we had to get this behind us, and we believe it's behind us. We're looking forward. 2025 was an abnormal year for res. And I know I hear all the -- not all, I certainly have heard some of the dialogue around, [ boy ], it's structurally broken the business and though it's been a pull forward for the last 3 or 4 years. And let's see how the year plays out. We don't share those views. We think that long term, this is a GDP plus business. We've been saying that, Andy, for a long time. And over the long term, we've been correct. So let's see how 2026 plays out. Right now, we're calling it flat to down 5%, but we'll have a better indication as we start getting into season.
Got it. And just to get into the transport business for a second, like remind us how big it is? I think last time I remember it was like 15%, but maybe it's something.
Globally, it's probably a little less than 15%, but round down a little bit, you'd be right.
Yes. And so I keep asking every year how you're outperforming. One of these years you're going to give me like even more, but like maybe talk about sort of '25, '26, how you're performing. And obviously, ACT gives us forecast. They tend to change them. So how are you feeling about the transport business?
Look, I'm -- I was -- look, last year, I said the same thing, okay, someone remind me of that. I'm optimistic on the back half of the year. I know the first half is going to be tough. I could see what's coming at us. But I'm optimistic about the back half of the year. Look, this is a great business. Now maybe I'm a little bit biased because I ran it for several years earlier in my career. But this is a business when it comes back, it's going to come back very strong. And there's some fundamentals that will tell you it will come back, right? These units are getting older. They're probably the oldest I've seen in a long time. They cost more money to run when they're older. I don't believe that the amount of perishables have gone down that are being transported. I do believe there was an overbuy with COVID that is just a long time to work through, right? These are usually 18-month down cycles. This has now been 4 years.
So it will come back. We're starting to see some signs of that. I talked to some of the trucking companies because I know them well because I ran this business at one time. And they're starting to get more optimistic, but we'll see how the year progresses. It will be a back half, though. It's not going to be the first half. I think the first quarter, the market is forecasted to be down by 20%. So I think we'll do better than that, which we've been able to outperform in the past. So I'm pretty confident in that statement. But it's a good business.
This is another business, too, by the way. We're using a lot of AI. And these are assets no different than a Trane commercial unit. It's just these assets tend to move around, right, which is a problem, but an opportunity, right? Because if you know where the assets are and you know what potentially could go wrong, you now start to direct the driver to where the solution exists based on inventory levels and for particular parts. So it's really cool what we're doing there. And I think it will be a -- it's going to come back. We'll be -- we've invested heavily in the innovation. And when it comes back, we'll be more than ready.
One of the things we've also done here is in Europe, we developed an axle power generation and remove the engine from the TRU which is -- it sounds novel, but it's really cool because what it's using is kinetic energy, if you remember your engineering school. But -- and it's basically harnessing the -- think of the volume and the mass going down the road and how it harnesses that and doesn't put drag on the tractor. So most things that are trying to generate power off of braking, whatever they put drag on the tractor, we've been able to put that to a very de minimis level. So it's really exciting.
It's -- the payback isn't there yet, but we're working really hard on the payback. And when we get that payback within a certain tolerance range, we believe this will be disruptive to this industry. And again, as an incumbent, we're okay disrupting ourselves, right? That's why at Trane Technologies, we challenge what's possible and we work towards, yes, right? When you do that, you become a disruptor to yourselves, which is okay. And if you go back in history and look at companies that have disrupted ourselves, those are companies that tend to exist for a long time.
So Dave, I know you're not going to change the 25% plus because you just told me again today. But maybe you can just answer this question. Haven't all your businesses substantially improved their margin capabilities since you first set that 25% plus?
We're very happy with our margins. We're very happy with the progress that we've been able to make as a company. Look, I've been in this business since -- I'll date myself here, but a long time, like back in -- when I was running Thermo King was back in 2010, then I came in and I ran the Trane business. I would tell you that, that wasn't a business that we were very proud of our margins on, especially on the equipment side. And the prior CEO and myself, we kind of made a pack that says, "If we're going to get better, we're going to do it through innovation." And we invested heavily. And when you have innovation, you could price for it. When you price for it, you start to have margin accretion and the flywheel just continues.
So I'm very proud of what we've been able to do really on a global basis, right? Asia used to have our lowest margins. Now they're our highest margins, right? That's the power of innovation. That's the power of a direct sales force.
I don't know if you want to add anything?
Well, I would -- one thing I'd add, business operating system that just runs across the entire company. So whether it's finance or IT or procurement or operations and how we walk into a factory, there's a lot of consistency in how those functions or factories are run. And when we think about new acquisitions, which may be below the radar, but over the last 5-ish years, we've completed 25 acquisitions. We think of it the same way. There's power to what we're acquiring, and we want to learn from those companies that we're acquiring. And let's make sure we're just improving the business operating system where we can help them. Maybe it is on procurement or lean thinking. The key is we're going to make sure we bring those acquisitions, bring their knowledge in and also what can we share and let's go ahead and go drive the margins.
That's helpful. And maybe just answer this question where my understanding is as you get a lot of these larger projects, if you do it in a data center, you have 100 chillers, like that can get pretty productive in the factory for you. So that in itself can lead to higher incremental margin.
It certainly lends itself to productivity, right? Most Applied Systems, everyone is a bit different. either from a centrifugal chiller to an air cooled, there's a lot of different options that people -- you wouldn't notice that it's difficult to -- it's not difficult. You just have to have the right processes in your manufacturing lines to be successful, and we do. But with the data center customer, they have a design for a particular data center. Now it may change a little bit to another data center. But yes, you're getting large quantities that you could just run these things right down the same line. And we've created lines that you're going to run 103-megawatt air-cooled maglev compressors down the line, and you could start to really dial in the repeatable nature of that and be able to create some economies of scale there.
And you mentioned the strong Asia margins. Is there anything structural that happened there? I know you kind of redistributed the business a little bit. Maybe is there anything structural that happened there? And conversely, is there anything structural in EMEA that keeps your margin down there a little bit?
Let me talk about Asia. I'll let Chris talk about EMEA because EMEA is just really about investments. But in Asia, what structurally changed happened about 9 years ago when we implemented -- or 10 years ago now, Chris, when we implemented our direct sales force. That's what structurally changed, right? We structurally changed not to just have someone representing our company, but we hired the sales force to represent our company. And when you do that, as I said earlier, you start to talk to all the discipline that are involved in closing a transaction.
And the basis of design, it's called a little bit something different in China, same principle applies. But when you do that, that's when you're able to really create value and explain the value that you're bringing the customer. It's not just about I'm going to get an engineer to believe me. It's value that's created to the end customer. Being able to explain that is something that oftentimes is missed.
You want to talk about Europe?
Yes. Europe in 2025 margins did retreat a little bit. That was entirely intentional. It was investments we made with also a great team in Europe, thinking about their front-end sales investments that they wanted to make in terms of coverage, especially on the commercial HVAC side. And then on the transport side and one business in the commercial HVAC side, we did some very targeted investments to take in some channel. And so think about 3 now almost 4 countries with transport businesses are independent that we've now acquired that distribution back. We're going direct. Opportunities for us where market share wasn't where we wanted it to be, so we can go take up the market share and ultimately the margins, but an investment year in 2025.
And a lot of confidence as we go into 2026, the 25% plus incrementals that we start the year with, we look at each of our regions, okay, Americas, EMEA and Asia, all of them are driving to that performance of 25% plus. But the enterprise in 2025 can grow earnings per share at 16% and grow margins, and we can still make those investments in EMEA, and now they'll contribute even more to 2026 and beyond.
Got it. So I got 3 minutes, so I want to hit 2 important questions because you mentioned the 25 acquisitions. I still think it's an underappreciated aspect of you guys. So maybe you can talk about BrainBox a little, but also this pending acquisition of Stellar and what it sort of does?
Sure. Well, BrainBox, I think Dave talked a little bit about it before, but think about digital offerings to make buildings smarter, okay? We've got some great examples. I know Dave can speak to probably better than I in terms of that are doing -- that's true. I don't want to go too far there. But early-stage technology company that you get to match up with the strongest channel in the Americas, and it's actually got a global opportunity as well when you think about making buildings smarter. So I'll leave that there.
Stellar, we announced that we're going to close on that acquisition. Stay tuned. We said in the first quarter, so stay tuned closely, but a great company in terms of modular chiller design. So think about a pumping station, an electrical system and a chiller, all getting put together in a factory OEM and shipped to the job site. You're reducing complexity of the job site. You're improving quality by controlling that assembly in the factory. And so that will be -- right now, it's a data center-focused play, but there's no reason why that can't be extended over to other applied verticals to make it simpler on the job site when you've got a scarcity of a resource for commissioning. And that's one of the things we do really, really well with commissioning with our direct service technicians, but making sure you've got that complexity reduction in the job site, that's a nice acquisition.
So I would never reject the question, but it's got to be quick.
As we're trying to understand whether AI data centers represent structural complexity versus a portion of scale. Are you guys seeing pooling intensity per megawatt increase versus traditional cloud?
Cooling intensity.
In some cases, it really just depends on how the data center is being constructed. Think of the whole thermal management system, you'll have different trade-offs that exist depending on what the use is going to be for that data center. It's a learning data center, sure, you're going to have higher heat loads in that, on average, okay?
But it really don't think of it over the entire spectrum of the thermal management system and how you would apply different products to solve a different customers' needs. Don't assume that everyone is using the same chip, too, okay? That's another -- there's other -- I know we talk a lot about one particular supplier's chips, but there's a lot of other chips that are out there, too, that they're called ASICs, right? And these could be maybe designed by specific hyperscalers themselves.
You mentioned on average -- can you give a -- can you quantify that by any chance?
As far as what do you want me?
I think you we're saying the increase of megawatt for pricing.
Look, I think that a traditional data center, you'd be talking about $10 million per megawatt. I think the AI learning data center, it would be up to 15 to 20, that kind of a delta. You think of 10 to 15 to maybe 15 to 20.
Dave, if we could do this in 30 seconds. What are the top 2 or 3 innovations and structural change?
I believe AI is going to transform industries, okay? So if you're a CEO, embrace it, right? And I'll talk more about that at lunch. So we're investing heavily in that AI for growth as well as AI for productivity. We're doing a lot with our virtual engineer. So that's certainly going to be an opportunity for us in the future.
The other would be, look, this whole demand side management and the fact that buildings waste 30% of the energy that they pay for. If you think the cost of electricity is going to go up, right, think about our paybacks increasing. And I think that's a pretty safe bet. If people are wasting 30% of the energy that they're paying for, that's an opportunity. And this whole concept around I need more power on the grid, we need to balance the grid, right? And if you're wasting 30% of it, that's a big part of the balancing that needs to take place. And if you think about what you can do with the power of AI, this isn't futuristic. This is today, right? And it's just -- this is such an opportunity for our company. I'm very, very excited.
I was -- I told some people last week, I was like 5 years ago, when I became the CEO of this company, I told everyone we're going to continue to be a great operator. We're going to be an innovator. But I also told them that I wanted to create a growth company. And I know that some of you are sitting in the room today, and you looked at me like this guy is a little bit off. And where were we 5 years ago? We were a $12.5 billion business. Where are we today? We closed the year at $21.3 billion. We have a compound annual growth rate of over 12%. But I would tell you that I see more opportunities in the next 5 years than I saw 5 years ago.
So look, we appreciate everyone's interest in Trane Technologies. It's a great company, and it's a great time to invest.
On that note, thank you, Dave and Chris. Thank you.
Thanks, Andy.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Citi's Global Industrial Tech & Mobility Conference 2026
Trane Technologies — Citi's Global Industrial Tech & Mobility Conference 2026
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Essenz: Trane betont konsistente, hohe Eigeninvestitionen und hält an einer Zielverschuldung von ~25% fest, um Wachstum, Innovation und Akquisitionen zu finanzieren. Fokus auf AI-gestützte Services (ARIA / Virtual Engineer), starke Direktvertriebs‑/Service‑Channel und breite kommerzielle Nachfrage (inkl. Data Centers) als Treiber.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Investitionsphilosophie: Dauerhafte Reinvestition statt kurzfristiger Kostenschnitte; Modell mit ~25% Hebel zur Sicherstellung von Investitionsflexibilität.
- AI & Digital: Virtual Engineer "ARIA", Level‑5‑Anwendungen zur Gebäudesteuerung und Integrationen (z.B. BrainBox) zur Verbesserung Service/Installationen.
- GTM & Talent: Direkter Vertriebsansatz, neue Trainingsanlage (>3.000 Teilnehmer seit Eröffnung) und Ausbildungsprogramme zur Sicherung von Fachkräften.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Finanziell: Kein neues Quartals-Update; Q1 bleibt laut Management unverändert gefasst (flach bis leicht rückläufig in Teilen).
- Preismaßnahme: Residential: angekündigte Preiserhöhung "bis zu 5%" ab 1. April; Nettoeffekt wahrscheinlich nur einige Prozentpunkte.
- M&A / Produkte: Abschluss der Stellar‑Akquisition (modulare Chiller) in Q1 angekündigt; BrainBox/Digital‑Zukäufe als Ausbau der Software- und Service‑Fähigkeiten.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Data Centers: Hohe Order‑Spikes (starkes Pipeline‑Feedback); Management warnt, dass 100%-Wachstumsraten nicht dauerhaft sind, sieht aber breite Nachfrage und höhere Pro‑MJ‑Investitionen (~$10M vs. $15–20M für AI‑zentrierte Anlagen).
- Residential: Diskussion zu Normalisierung der Kanalbestände; Management hält Inventarbereinigung für weitgehend abgeschlossen, Guidance Q1: flach bis ‑5%.
- Preis vs. Kosten: Ziel 1,5 Prozentpunkte Preis für 2026 mit Flexibilität; Residential‑Preiserhöhung wird netto voraussichtlich nur einige Punkte beitragen.
⚡ Bottom Line
Für Aktionäre bedeutet die Präsentation: langfristiges, innovationsgetriebenes Wachstum bleibt Kernstrategie; AI, Digital und Channel‑Stärke sind klare Katalysatoren. Kurzfristig gibt es Unsicherheit in Residential, Transport und in der Nachhaltigkeit der Data‑Center‑Welle; M&A‑ und Investitionsagenda (Stellar, BrainBox, Training) liefert jedoch erkennbare Hebel für Margen und Service‑Wachstum.
Trane Technologies — Barclays 43rd Annual Industrial Select Conference
1. Question Answer
Thank you very much, everyone, for being here. Welcome to the third session this morning. It's my pleasure to have Trane Technologies; Dave Regnery, Chair and CEO; and Chris Kuehn, CFO. Dave and Chris, thanks very much for coming here and being with us today. Maybe first off, I think the biggest surprise from your results a few weeks ago was the strength in those commercial HVAC orders ending 2025, maybe help us understand kind of main drivers of that? And do you see those types of growth rates persisting into this year?
Sure. I'll start, Chris you could add in. First of all, thanks, everyone, for coming. We got a full house here today. So that's great. It's always good to be at this conference, coming down to Miami. It's a little warmer here and certainly in North Carolina right now, but Look, Trane Technologies is very strong in Q4. We talked about order rates. Order rates were up over 22%. It was broad-based, too, which is a good thing, right? It wasn't just one particular vertical that was strong. We had strength in many verticals. We talked on our earnings call, certainly, data centers was very strong. But we also saw strength in Higher Ed, health care, Industrial. So it was good broad-based growth.
And if you look at the pipeline, which is what I'm always looking at, and these are -- this is the activity that our account managers are working on, it remains very, very robust. And I've been in this industry a long time. And I would tell you that I haven't seen a pipeline quite this strong in a long time. So it just bodes very well for the future, specifically in our commercial HVAC business. And I know we always want to talk about what's going on here in North America, which is important, obviously, to Trane Technologies. We also had a lot of strength in Europe, which is also great to see. So good things happening at Trane Technologies right now.
You definitely saw the order acceleration into the second half of 2025 in both the EMEA commercial business and the Americas business as well. And that plays into the 2026 guidance as we see typically applied systems can take, call it, roughly 9 months from order date to ship date. That's where we just see the growth of revenue in both of those businesses ramp throughout 2026.
That's great. And when you're thinking about Higher Ed and Industrial, you mentioned those, Dave, in the U.S. Education, I guess, there were some concerns around that stimulus money coming off kind of where are we in all that? Has that already happened and people sometimes worry about demographic pressures on Higher Ed. Any thoughts around that vertical in general? .
Yes. I mean, look, if you look at the fourth quarter, we had order growth in our commercial HVAC business in 12 of 14 verticals that we track. There were 2 verticals that actually contracted a bit. One was life science and the other was K-12. For K-12, if you remember probably a year ago, I was here saying, look, we do not see K-12 falling off a cliff, and it certainly has not. So a small contraction in a vertical that has had exceptional growth with all the stimulus money that was provided to it. This is a good outcome. And also the pipeline is still very strong in K-12. I think one thing that the stimulus pointed out was how underinvested this particular vertical was in. I mean, the state of this vertical needed a lot of investment. And I think that everyone sees that now and look, this will be a strong vertical long into the future.
And on the Industrial front, I think a lot of investors are kind of hopeful of an acceleration in domestic industrial demand happening and the PMI gave kind of license for that a couple of weeks ago. How do you see that domestic industrial environment right now? .
Yes, we see a strong pipeline again in that vertical. I think the mega projects that -- I don't like that terminology, but there are a lot of projects that are out there with some reshoring efforts that are taking place. Some of those projects tend to be a little bit longer to close, but we're still very optimistic of the higher tech Industrial vertical. .
Great. And market share wise, I think there's been many commercial HVAC companies have been showing good orders growth, which is good for the industry. Kind of how do you assess your market share progress in terms of, I guess, the bold kind of numbers around share that you see? And any thoughts around kind of technology advantage or acquisition.
I want to know which CEO gets up here and says they're losing market share. Has anyone heard of it? Look, we're very happy with our market share, but you all see the growth rates that we're able to put up versus maybe some of our direct competitors, and you could come up with your own conclusion. But I would tell you that market share doesn't -- it's not an event, okay? It has to be over time. And a company that's going to continue to invest in innovation, a company that's going to be steadfast in how they commit to innovation and how we commit to building our channel, that's a company that you're going to want to think long term is going to continue to be very, very strong. And over time, we'll gain share. And that's what Trane Technologies is all about.
And I think something you've mentioned as a contributor to share has been the sort of the direct approach, number one, in selling and then the kind of systems approach maybe with how you think about product development. So maybe flesh out those elements a little bit more.
At the end of the day, it's a simple philosophy, right? If you're talking to your customer, that's a good place to be. If you're relying on someone else to talk to your customer for you, mean when we were younger, did any of us play the telephone game. Remember that, where I tell you something, and you have 10 people and the message that comes back is totally different than what you started with. That happens too when you start not talking directly to your customers. So our philosophy has been and will continue to be that we want to direct sales force. We want a direct service organization. We like those touch points. We want to make sure that we understand what our customers' needs are today and what they will be in the future. What are the problems that our customers are seeing and how are we going to be different than maybe some of our competitors.
The other thing, Julian, you hit on it is we think of everything at a system level, right? I know that I often get asked questions like, what did unitary do versus what did chillers do. And I'm sure we have that data, and Chris' team could probably talk in detail at it. But at a very high level, look, we're selling solutions to our customers. And with the broadest portfolio in the industry, we could do that. right? We don't tell a customer, oh, here's a VRF solution or here's a rooftop solution or here's an applied solution, we sit down and understand what their needs are and what's going to be the best solution for their needs. And we then -- as long as the product says Trane on it, we're happy, right? But we're going to select that. And it's the exact same way we think about data centers. I know we're going to talk about data centers here in a bit. But think of it at a system level right? You're going to get a different outcome when you think of it at a system level. So it is a competitive advantage we have. Talk to your customer, understand their needs today, tomorrow, have a broad portfolio, sell solutions, don't sell products.
On that point around data centers that you mentioned, how comfortable or confident are you in Trane's position? There are some technology changes going on in the industry. You're aware of them kind of with channel partners and customers before kind of we are. Do you feel comfortable with Trane's market share in things like CDUs and those kind of liquid cooling products versus the chillers and air handlers.
I mean, look, at the end of the day, in the data center world, think of the thermal management system. And I know there's a lot of conversation out there right now about a particular component within the thermal system, right? Look at it as a system, that's how we're looking at it. And you're going to have trade-offs that exist depending on which system is going to be implemented. And I would also tell you that we're working with many, if not all, of the influencers in this space, whether that be the hyperscalers, the large colos, or, in some cases, actually the chip manufacturers to develop what that future thermal management system looks like within a data center. .
And just to put all of your minds at ease, I haven't seen a future design that does not have a chiller as part of it, okay? But there are trade-offs that exist. And if you're going to remove heat at the chip level with cold plates you're going to have less heat that's going to go into the data hall. So you probably need less air handling in that system. If you're going to use deionized water and you're going to have stainless steel piping, you're going to have a trade-off with CDUs. Probably less CDUs versus more. So those are the types of trade-offs that we're working with our customers on a continuous basis. And you've heard me say for a long time that this is a vertical that's moving very fast from a technology standpoint. You need to be a leader, not a follower in this technology and you need to be working with the influencers to make sure that they know the best solutions or potential solutions.
And just to be very fair, we're learning a lot from these data center customers as well, right? You get a bunch of smart people in a room and you're going to come up with solutions that are maybe different than what you thought when you walked into the room. And -- but that's good, right? That's great. That's great for this vertical.
The other thing I would tell you about data centers, too, is like when we think about our conventional think of the other verticals, think of buildings, right, we always think of like energy savings and we're like, oh, the customer is going to save energy. In the data center, the vertical, it's not about the energy that saved goes to the bottom line. It's really you save the energy so you could do more computing, right? So it's a different way to think. All they're doing is redirecting it into where they could be able to have more yield out of their data center. But there's a lot of trade-offs, and there's a lot of cool things that are happening. Some I can talk about, some I can't talk about. But think of the whole system, right? And there's a lot of talk about, well, these chips can run at higher temperatures. Great, right? Think of free cooling, think of chillers that can have -- they could be operating as a dry cooler as well as a chiller within the same system and being able to have flexibility as to knowing what to do when and that's an area where Trane Technologies does really, really well.
Got it. And if you think about the kind of competitive landscapes in your traditional businesses versus some of the emerging ones in data center thermal management, it seems from the outside, there's a lot more players in the newer areas. How confident are you that Trane can kind of have a good market share in those new areas, even amidst a lot more competitors out there? .
Again, I think it just goes back to a system approach, right? Yes, we have CDUs, okay? We just acquired LiquidStack. So our portfolio is strong as compared to 6 months ago. And if you look at their pipeline, it's even stronger than -- it will be even stronger 6 months from now. But again, I think that component manufacturers are going to be selling components and Trane Technologies looking at the entire system is going to help people think through what is the system and how do you optimize the system. It's a different approach, okay? But if you want to talk to a hyperscaler or a colo, they're going to want that broader view versus just a component within that system. And by the way, I was talking to a large colo the other day and they basically -- they went down the road of maybe optimizing on a part of the thermal management system and they're basically like -- we really like our relationships. We need to expand it with you to make sure that we're thinking more strategic about not what today is but what tomorrow is and what that whole thermal system is going to look like.
And maybe add the thermal system on the data center. It's also not just innovating on the front end with engineering and then fabricating and manufacturing. It's also commissioning and making sure you can hit the dates that the customers are looking for to have the product on site. So one of the investments we made, Dave made really 2 years ago was to build out a service technician training center, an advanced service technician training center that we just opened up in the fourth quarter last year in North Carolina and think about all the suite of products that we can have service technicians on site from unitary all the way to the most complex data center chiller. And bringing customers through that to see our capabilities with nearly 4,500 service techs. It's also getting -- making sure you can commission that product in the field. And so that's end-to-end in terms of bringing the product to life and commissioning and then also we have the service opportunity thereafter.
If you're ever in the Davidson area, you give Chris a call, he'll set up a tour for you. I get yelled at when I told people they can come down. But -- so we had a large colo that they went -- originally their first project was with another provider and they were very disappointed with the commissioning that took place. And I was talking to this, I invited them down. I know these individuals quite well. And I said, come down to Davidson I want to show you what we invested in and why. And I will -- I'm very confident that future orders will be coming to Trane Technologies from this particular customer. When they saw our capability that we have and the detail of which we train our associates on the commissioning side of things. So it's really, really exciting.
The other thing too that -- let me just talk about data centers, one other thing. When you talk about innovation, right? I talk about the thermal management system, okay? But some of this is thinking differently about solving issues, right? So we bought a company about a year ago, BrainBox AI right? So we're taking -- you've probably heard me talk about, we used to have great connected solutions with structured data. We now have this unstructured data. We're augmenting it. We're thinking differently, making buildings smarter. We're using that same technology in data centers.
And I'll give you an example. When you have a data center, let's just say it's a large day center, you're going to have -- let's just make up a number here, 100 chillers that may all be rejecting heat at the same time. Well, it's what they call a micro environment is created when that happens. And you could think of it as like the Delta T or the temperature rise in that particular micro environment, it could be up to 30 degrees F, okay, from the ambient air just close by. And what we've done is been able to take weather patterns to understanding how the wind is going to be blowing versus what set of chillers, you could actually use free cooling for because it's at a lower ambient versus others that you'd be doing the condensing on. So there's a lot of that type of innovation.
And when you sit down with really smart people on the other side of the table and you start bringing these types of solutions and a little bit means a lot in the data center world from an energy saving standpoint. And we're able to capitalize that with some of our thought process.
And you mentioned LiquidStack just now. Maybe help us understand kind of what it brings to Trane. And I don't know if you looked out a few years, including, obviously, LiquidStack. Any sense of kind of how -- what proportion of your business in data centers could be liquid cooling related versus traditional.
I mean, first of all, LiquidStack, okay? We've had a partnership with LiquidsStack for a long time, okay? Originally, we invested in LiquidStack because of their emerging cooling, okay? That's still to come, okay? That's a little bit further out. There's some difference, I can get into the technical side of that, if you'd like. But they also have a great CDU line, and they also have a great pipeline of CDUs that are going to be introduced. So the acquisition of LiquidStack really just fortifies our position in the CDU space. That's number one. As far as what was the back half of your question? .
Just around -- It's hard to think about system.
Again, I think it depends on what is the customer looking for. In some cases, you're going to end up with liquid cooling solution, and we're talking here about cold plates and CDUs and alike versus just the chiller. In some cases, depending on what the need is and what the use of that data center is going to be, you're going to go to a more conventional data center. And in some cases, you're going to have hybrid, right? So I think it's just being flexible as far as the share I just want a high share of hyperscalers and colos because at the end of the day, I know that's where we're going to add value.
And the other thing about data centers, too, is we all understand the build-out that's occurring right now. Think of the service tail that's going to be associated with that. A lot of that's in front of us. A lot of that's in front. Even though we've been strong in data centers for decades, I would tell you that if you look at the current growth rate that's occurring there, A lot of that service work is in front of us. So these 7,500 technicians think of that number growing, think of them becoming smarter because we're also doing a lot of work on the AI side there with our virtual engineer area. So the technician now is so much smarter than maybe a technician was 3 years ago on a job site because they're coming there. They know exactly what's going on with that particular unit and if there's any kind of inquiry, it's all like it's under phone now. So it's really, really innovative what we've been able to do there.
When you're looking at the future changes, let's say, one big one in data centers, I suppose, is around 800-volt direct current more power intensity inside the IT room. Do you see any big implication on the cooling or thermal management side?
Well, I mean 800-volt is lot of heat, right? So let's just -- first of all, there's a safety requirement, right? So if we're going to be running our units at 800-volt, we can, okay, there's some changes that have to take place, and it needs to be a safe -- I think we all understand AC/DC, but maybe not I can talk to you off-line. But there's some implications and there's some reasons why we went to AC versus DC. That's okay. We're okay being a disruptor there. So that very well could happen and it probably will happen. Just remember that the heat load is very important, right? So again, thinking of the thermal management system, if you're going to be using 800 DC, you're going to end up with a higher heat load and how are those -- if you had eaten up here, they'd be talking about the cooling effect within the bus bars, et cetera. So that the heat within the data hall now, depending on the -- how the infrastructure is constructed may be higher, so it may require more air handling systems versus what was in a conventional data center.
Great. And then maybe sort of moving to the other side of the spectrum on top line trends. Domestic residential demand. How do you see kind of where we are in that cycle right now on volumes? And are you confident kind of prices holding up? .
Sure, I'll start. We were very intentional in the fourth quarter of taking production days out in our residential business. We took out about 1/3 of the production days, and that's what really drove the deleverage around 60%. But what it did is it put us in a position to the start of 2026, feeling that inventories were at the right level in the channel, okay? So the first quarter of 2026 will be a very tough comp for resi. We were up high teens in Q1 of last year. So it's the toughest comp of the year. And with our guidance a few weeks ago, we guided residential to flat to down 5% on a dollar basis. The comps certainly get easier as we go throughout the year. We don't think that there'll be a tariff prebuy or refrigerant prebuy or a challenge with the transition to refrigerant like we saw in 2025. But good business, we feel like the inventory is at the right levels. and we'll kind of progress as we move throughout the year. But the key is making sure we get the inventory at the right spot.
Yes. And Chris said it, but I'll reemphasize it, look, 2025 was a very strange year in residential. 2 pre-buys, a refrigerant transition that did not go well for the industry and a very short cooling season. Well, I don't know about the weather, but the other 2, I bet won't happen again. So I know there's a lot of questions, well, structurally, has this changed and we're not believers in that, okay? We think we have this market size right for us this year, think of it being on a dollar basis, flat to maybe down 5%. And but this is a very strong business, and it will be strong in the future.
And on price, the team announced a price increase just in the last 10 days, it's up to effective April 1. And so our plans are to make sure we continue to capture price to offset inflation and still get a spread on that. .
And from what you see, the competitive landscape, people are behaving themselves on the whole on price.
Therefore, the industry has been very disciplined in that regard over many years. I mean, think about a price increase up to 5%. You generally get a couple of points of that. It's not necessarily on the top line, but it gives our teams the ability to go price effectively, but we don't see pricing going backwards.
And I think in terms of kind of self-help, looking across Trane, you've done a lot of heavy lifting on Europe recently. So where are we on that kind of reorganization, what kind of results should we expect there?
Yes, I'll start. I mean Europe in 2025, to be very clear, it was really about intentional investments in the channel. And it was investments around our direct sales force and adding more with some recent acquisitions we've done, Julian, to -- they were very strong in 2 or 3 countries, and let's make sure we've got the capacity to be strong in 20 countries. And at the same time, we also brought on some acquisitions, both in the transport space and a small acquisition in the commercial HVAC space, where we want to give a view to be more direct to the customer. And those businesses just came with lower margins in year 1.
So a very intentional decision in '25. The margins came down a little bit in '25, but it's going to give us some nice growth opportunities. for '26 and beyond. And our expectation is for that region, we'll see margin expansion. We'll see incremental organic incrementals at 25% or better for each of our regions, so I'll put EMEA in that space as well. but a great team and a great business and outperforming down to flat transport markets, outperforming very low flattish growth in commercial HVAC. It's a lot of innovation that, that team drives.
And Chris, you mentioned incremental margins. Last year, there was a very good performance on that despite resi deleverage late in the year, transport under pressure, tariffs halfway through the year. This year, the guidance embeds the organic incremental, you have that 25% plus, which is lower than what you did last year. Are there any notable headwinds that would cause the incremental to move down this year? .
Well, I'll start and Dave will jump in. It's a common question, and I think it's a good one. But if we were going back a year ago, we started last year with 25% plus organic incrementals as well. And if the pipeline ever got smaller inside the company, our innovation and the investments we want to do, then maybe we change in January and start with a bigger number. But I'll be honest, Dave put in place many years ago, a minimum 2 times a year of innovation review and what's the pipeline within across all of our businesses. And the pipelines continue to grow. So we like starting at 25% with a plus sign. The last several years, we've done better than that, and we like putting out guidance we can meet or exceed. Let's see how the year kind of plays itself out. But it gives us that opportunity to make the investments and pull things ahead. And that's generally what we've been doing each and every quarter is pulling things ahead where we can.
I think I've told many people this, but I'll say it again. And the easiest decision the CEO can make is to cut investments. right? Because in the short term, you know what happens. It goes right to the bottom line and everyone's happy. You know what happens in the long term, you start to shrink. You start to market share because you're not innovative. And that's not who we are as a company. So look, our model is always going to be. We'll go out with our guide of 25%. That's our model. We always want to make sure we have optionality I'm always thinking about what's happening in the future and how we're going to be ready for that. And hopefully, that's what you want me as the CEO to be thinking about.
And strong free cash flow. Let's not forget about that. Let's make sure...
We always forget about that.
Let's make sure it's high-quality earnings of the cash flow that comes in as well at 100% or better. .
Yes. I think yes, the earnings conversion into cash is always best in class, and I think a lot of people just sort of stock at the adjusted net income line or whatever.
You can't spend adjusted net income, you can spend cash, Yes. So that's what we make sure we're focused on.
And on that point, partly because the cash flow has been good, balance sheet is in very good shape. Going back to that point on technology changes, clearly, it's helpful as an accelerant sometimes to acquire instead of organically invest or alongside it, how do you see kind of the M&A landscape? You've done LiquidStack and folded that in completely . Stellar as well. I mean, how likely is it you could you say a large acquisition in liquid cooling or anywhere .
Look, at the end of the day, we're going to look at everything, and we get to see everything as a major HVAC global player, we'll be disciplined. And we'll make sure we look at everything. We make sure we understand what the value is. We're really, really good at buying technologies, as Julian said, and scaling against a really strong channel. And don't underestimate the power of the channel, right? The direct sales force builds the channel. If you have a strong channel, you could put products through that channel and leverage it quickly. and that's what we've been able to demonstrate.
Stellar is another great acquisition, modular chillers, Think about all the labor constraints that are out there. This is a solution where you're taking that labor and you're putting it in the factory and you're deploying it to a job site. It's very popular in data centers. It's also going to be very popular in other verticals because it's very, very applicable.
Fantastic. Well, that we'll move to the audience .
Before I start, just closing, I told this group earlier this morning, the same thing. But look, 5 years ago, I sat up here as a new CEO and I was probably super nervous and oh my gosh, we're all these people in the crowd. And I told everyone back then that we're a great innovator, we're a great operator, but my goal is to create a growth company. And if you look at our -- what's happened over the last 5 years, we have a compound annual growth rate that's double digits. We were $12.5 billion 5 years ago. Today, we're at $21.3 billion. We closed the year we almost doubled the business. And I could tell you with confidence, I sit up here today and tell you that I see more opportunities in the future than I saw 5 years ago. So I appreciate everyone's interest in Trane Technologies and the future is brighter than what we saw in the past.
Go ahead, julian.
Thanks very much, Dave, for that. And the -- maybe we'll switch to the first question, please. It's around sort of your own shares in Trane today.
I always love this. I wish you would do this first.
It's meant to reflect the discussion as well. Fairly polarized. Second question is around kind of general bias right now. So generally positive. Third, The next question. Through-cycle EPS growth for Trane versus the kind of multi-industry average. So okay, everyone thinks above peers, next question, please. It's around excess cash, and we just had that discussion on M&A.
And we just raised the dividend 12% a couple of weeks ago, right? .
Don't influence the audience .
Bolt-on acquisitions, the biggest portion. The next question is around valuation. Where should Trane trade out on sort of current year PE?
Hopefully, we don't have any #1s here.
That's for the continuous history. Okay. So 80% in the 20s. And then the last question is kind of any drawbacks any headwinds, any anchors on the valuation that are top of mind today? It's a very balanced capital deployment, core growth. So with that, thanks so much Dave, thanks so much, Chris.
Thank you all.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Barclays 43rd Annual Industrial Select Conference
Trane Technologies — Barclays 43rd Annual Industrial Select Conference
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kurzfassung: Trane meldet eine breite, anhaltende Nachfrage im Commercial‑HVAC‑Geschäft (Q4‑Auftragsraten +22% laut Management) mit Stärke in Rechenzentren, Higher Ed, Healthcare und Industrial. Die Pipeline ist außergewöhnlich robust in Nordamerika und Europa; Applied‑Systems‑Aufträge brauchen ~9 Monate bis zur Lieferung und treiben das Umsatzwachstum 2026.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- System‑Ansatz: Fokus auf integrierte thermische Lösungen statt Einzelkomponenten; Wettbewerbsvorteil durch direkte Vertriebs‑ und Service‑kontakte.
- Technologie & M&A: Ergänzende Zukäufe (LiquidStack für CDUs/liquid cooling, BrainBox AI für KI‑Optimierung, Stellar für modulare Chiller) stärken Portfolio und Pipeline.
- Service‑Investitionen: Advanced Service Technician Training Center (NC), ~4.500 Techniker, Betonung auf Commissioning als Differenzierer.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Operative Updates: Keine Änderung der zuletzt kommunizierten Finanz‑Guidance; neu: vollständige Integration/erweiterte CDU‑Pipeline von LiquidStack, Eröffnung des Training Centers (Q4), verstärkte Anwendung von BrainBox AI in Data‑Center‑Betrieb sowie ein Preisupdate wirksam ab 1. April zur Inflationskompensation.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Orders & Pipeline: Nachfragezyklizität und Nachhaltigkeit der starken Q4‑Orders; Management betont breite, langlebige Pipeline.
- Data Center: Marktanteil in neuen Kühltechnologien (CDU/liquid cooling) vs. Komponentenanbieter; Antwort: System‑Vertrieb + LiquidStack stärkt Position.
- Kapitalallokation: M&A‑Bias Richtung Bolt‑ons, 12% Dividendenerhöhung, Bewertung/Excess‑Cash — Management bleibt diszipliniert und wachstumsorientiert.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikationen: Call bestätigt ein operatives Momentum in Commercial HVAC und ein klares, systemorientiertes Data‑Center‑Spiel mit gezielten Zukäufen und Service‑Investitionen. Guidance bleibt bestehen; Upside kommt über Auslieferung der starken Pipeline und erfolgreiche Integration, Risiken sind Residential‑Vergleiche, Technologiewechsel im Data‑Center‑Bereich und Integrationsaufwand.
Trane Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to the Trane Technologies Fourth Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Regina, and I will be your operator for the call. The call will begin in a few moments with the speaker remarks and the Q&A session. [Operator Instructions]
I will now turn the call over to Zac Nagle, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and thank you for joining us for Trane Technologies' Fourth Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. This call is being webcast on our website at tranetechnologies.com where you'll find the accompanying presentation. We're also recording and archiving this call on our website.
Please go to Slide 2. Statements made in today's call that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of federal securities law. Please see our SEC filings for a description of some of the factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from anticipated results. This presentation also includes non-GAAP measures, which are explained in the financial tables attached to our news release.
Joining me on today's call are Dave Regnery, Chair and CEO; and Chris Kuehn, Executive Vice President and CFO.
With that, I'll turn the call over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Zac, and everyone, for joining today's call. Please turn to Slide #3. I'd like to begin with a few thoughts on our purpose-driven strategy, which continues to drive consistent outperformance over time. Demand for energy has never been greater. Digitalization, industrial growth and new technologies are putting pressure on [indiscernible] Energy Systems. Customers are looking for smarter, more efficient ways to run their operations. That's where Trane Technologies is uniquely positioned to win. Our solutions help customers save energy, lower operating costs, and create more balance and flexibility in how they use energy. It's proof that sustainability and performance go hand-in-hand. As we look ahead, our innovation and expertise continue to set us apart. With our exceptional backlog, robust demand, proven business operating system and leading innovation, we're well positioned to continue delivering differentiated value well into the future.
Please turn to Slide #4. 2025 was a strong year for the company. Our global teams executed at a high level, enabling us to exceed adjusted EPS guidance despite softness in residential and transport refrigeration markets. Free cash flow remained robust funding strategic M&A, a growing dividend and significant share repurchases. Bookings were also exceptional. Our Commercial HVAC businesses in Americas and EMEA added $1.3 billion in backlog versus year-end 2024, strengthening our visibility into strong growth in 2026 and beyond.
Please turn to Slide #5. Relentless investment in innovation, growth, people, culture and our business operating system has delivered clear sustained benefits reflected in our strong and consistent track record. Since 2020, we've achieved an 11% revenue compound annual growth rate, a 24% adjusted EPS compound annual growth rate; expanded adjusted EBITDA margins by 470 basis points and delivered free cash flow conversion of 106%, while deploying over $15 billion through our balanced capital allocation strategy.
Consistent reinvestment has been central to our long-term success. For more than a decade, we've steadily invested in high ROI initiatives, built a world-class direct sales and service organization, and developed cutting-edge solutions for our customers' most pressing challenges, driving sustained demand. We have a proven track record and all the essential ingredients to execute our strategy and continued delivering differentiated returns over the long term.
Please turn to Slide #6. We delivered strong fourth quarter performance, highlighted by exceptional enterprise organic bookings up 22%, driving record backlog of $7.8 billion. Organic revenue grew 4%, led by continued strength in our Americas Commercial HVAC businesses and our global services business. We also delivered 10% adjusted EPS growth and robust free cash flow. Exceptional bookings were led by our Commercial HVAC businesses. Americas Commercial HVAC was again a standout delivering record Q4 organic bookings, up more than 35% year-over-year. Applied Solutions bookings were up more than 120% with a record book-to-bill of 200%, marking the second consecutive quarter with applied bookings growth exceeding 100%.
EMEA HVAC also delivered strong results with its second straight quarter of mid- to high-teens organic bookings growth. Commercial HVAC backlog is substantially higher versus year-end 2024, with backlog up approximately 25% in the Americas and nearly 40% in EMEA. And importantly, the backlog is predominantly applied, which carries a long higher-margin services tail.
As we enter 2026, we are well positioned for growth, especially in areas where disciplined execution to our business operating system is a key driver of success. In Commercial HVAC, exceptional bookings growth and record backlog give us strong visibility to future revenues and market outgrowth. Projected pipelines remain robust and continue to build. Even after 2 consecutive quarters of more than 100% applied growth in Americas Commercial HVAC, we continue to see substantial opportunities ahead.
Our Services business, about 1/3 of enterprise revenue remains a durable and consistent growth engine with a low teens compound annual growth rate since becoming Trane Technologies in 2020. We continue to invest heavily in services and expand our digital capabilities to deliver advanced solutions with compelling value and attractive paybacks. We are confident Services will remain a strong growth driver in 2026 and beyond.
Two additional factors have the potential to accelerate growth in the back half of the year. Residential markets were a tale of 2 halves in 2025 with a significantly weaker second half. We expect 2026 to get progressively better with tailwinds building later in the year as comps ease. Similarly, industrial forecast including from ACT point to a transport market recovery beginning late in 2026 and extending into 2027 and beyond, a view we largely share. This should support growth in the fourth quarter and beyond. Our guidance reflects this backdrop, and Chris will elaborate shortly.
Please turn to Slide #7. Americas Commercial HVAC continued its standout performance with bookings up more than 35% and revenue up low double digits. Growth was broad-based across nearly all verticals and in both equipment and services. In residential, bookings were up mid-single digits, while revenues declined mid-teens, reflecting the normalization of channel inventory in the quarter. In Americas transport refrigeration, bookings were down mid-single digits and revenues were down low single digits, outperforming transport markets that declined more than 20%.
In EMEA, Commercial HVAC bookings were again robust, up mid-teens and revenues were up mid-single digits. EMEA transport bookings were down low single digits and revenues declined at a similar rate, outperforming end markets that were down mid-single digits. In Asia Pacific, China remained challenging with double-digit declines in bookings and revenue. The rest of Asia performed as expected, with bookings up low double digits and revenues down low single digits.
Now I'd like to turn the call over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #8. Dave covered many of the key points from this slide earlier, so I'll keep my comments brief. Q4 organic revenue grew 4% and 7%, excluding residential, consistent with the dynamics we've already discussed. Margins were impacted by proactive measures taken to normalized residential inventory which reduced factory production days by 1/3 and resulted in roughly 60% deleverage in that business.
Please turn to Slide #9. In the Americas, we delivered 5% organic revenue growth driven by strong Commercial HVAC volume and positive price, partially offset by residential declines. Margins were lower mainly due to residential deleverage. We also stepped up innovation and growth investments.
In EMEA, organic revenue grew 2%, led by Commercial HVAC. Adjusted EBITDA margin declined 160 basis points, reflecting year 1 acquisition and integration costs. As noted throughout the year, channel investments in M&A in 2025 weighed on near-term margins, but position us for stronger long-term growth.
In Asia Pacific, organic revenue declined 6%, and adjusted EBITDA margin declined 20 basis points. The team managed costs to limit deleverage while continuing to invest in the business.
Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #10. Overall, Q4 played out largely as expected, with residential revenues a bit better than anticipated, and Commercial HVAC bookings even stronger. Our Americas Commercial HVAC business continued to execute at a very high level, significantly outperforming end markets. Bookings and revenues are compounding at strong rates, especially in Applied Solutions. As noted earlier, our exceptional bookings, record backlog and rapidly expanding pipeline give us a high level of confidence that 2026 will be another strong year.
Based on customer delivery timing and year-over-year comparisons, we expect solid growth in the first half and even stronger growth in the back half. In residential, we believe channel inventory is largely normalized as we enter Q1. Our outlook for the market for 2026 is prudent, flat to modestly lower with Q1 expected to be the trough, down about 20% given the high teens growth we saw in Q1 2025. We expect the market to return to growth in the second half.
In the Americas transport markets, ACT forecast trailers down about 7% in 2026, and our view is generally aligned. Market indicators are improving, and we expect the sector to turn positive late in 2026 and into 2027. We expect to again outperform the market.
In EMEA, Commercial HVAC enters 2026 following a significant investment year and strong 2025 bookings that lifted backlog nearly 40% year-over-year. We expect a softer start with mid-single-digit growth improving to high single-digit growth in the second half as backlog converts. EMEA transport markets are expected to be flat to modestly lower. The team grew low single digits in a down market in 2025, and we expect them to outperform again in 2026.
In Asia Pacific, we expect mixed performance with the rest of Asia outperforming China. For the region as a whole, we expect relatively flat performance in 2026.
Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #11. Our 2026 guidance reflects the market dynamics we've discussed and operational excellence driven by our business operating system. It also incorporates our value creation flywheel, continued investment in innovation, market outgrowth, healthy leverage and strong free cash flow. We are initiating 2026 guidance with 6% to 7% organic revenue growth and adjusted EPS of $14.65 to $14.85, up 12% to 14%. We expect about 50 basis points of growth from FX and roughly 200 basis points from M&A, either closed or committed for early 2026.
All in, reported revenue growth is expected to be 8.5% to 9.5%. We are targeting organic leverage of 25% or higher, consistent with our long-term framework and free cash flow conversion of 100% or greater. For the first quarter, we expect flattish organic revenue growth, reflecting continued strength in Commercial HVAC, offset by tough comps in residential, given the high teens growth we saw in Q1 2025 and market-driven declines in Transport. We expect Q1 adjusted EPS of approximately $2.50.
Importantly, over the past 4 years, Q1 has averaged slightly below 17% of full year EPS, which aligns with our 2026 guidance. Given the dynamics we've outlined, we believe this is a strong and achievable start to the year. For additional details, please refer to Slide 18.
Please turn to Slide #12. We remain committed to our balanced capital allocation strategy, focused on deploying excess cash to maximize shareholder returns. First, we strengthened our core business through relentless reinvestment. Second, we maintain a strong balance sheet to ensure optionality as markets evolve. Third, we expect to deploy 100% of excess cash over time. Our approach includes strategic M&A to enhance long-term returns and share repurchases when the stock trades below our calculated intrinsic value.
Please turn to Slide 13. In 2025, we deployed or committed approximately $3.2 billion through our balanced capital allocation strategy, including about $840 million to dividends, $720 million to M&A and roughly $1.5 billion to share repurchases. We advanced several strategic acquisitions during the year, and our pipeline remains active heading into 2026. The largest acquisition announced in December is Stellar Energy, a leading provider of turnkey data center cooling solutions. Stellar brings strong capability and modular design and build, positioning us to meet growing demand for prefabricated cooling systems that ease supply chain and labor constraints and enable rapid scalable deployment. Their expertise also enhances our ability to apply modular solutions across additional verticals. We expect the acquisition to close in the first quarter, and we look forward to welcoming the team to Trane Technologies. The deal economics are compelling, and we expect modest EPS accretion in 2026, even after year 1 acquisition and integration costs.
For 2026, we expect to deploy between $2.8 billion and $3.3 billion, with strong free cash flow, ample liquidity, a healthy balance sheet, and $4.7 billion remaining under our share repurchase authorization, we have excellent capital allocation optionality moving forward.
Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #15. The Americas Transport Refrigeration market remains dynamic, but the long-term outlook is strong. ACT forecasts the trailer market down about 7% in 2026, bottoming in the first half and improving in the back half. ACT also expects a sharp rebound beginning in 2027, including roughly 50% growth and continued expansion through the end of the decade. We expect growth as well, but anticipate a more measured gradual slope to the recovery. We're managing the down cycle effectively, outperforming end markets and continuing to invest in innovation, so we're well positioned as the market strengthens.
Please turn to Slide #16. In closing, I'm incredibly proud of our global team. Third talent has powered our consistent outperformance and leading financial results over the past 5 years. And we see tremendous opportunities ahead. With our exceptional backlog, strong demand, proven business operating system and leading innovation, we're confident in our ability to deliver differentiated long-term value and advance a more sustainable world.
And now we'd be happy to take your questions. Operator?
[Operator Instructions] Our first question will come from the line of Julian Mitchell with Barclays.
2. Question Answer
Maybe just wanted to start with Americas Commercial HVAC, just to understand the guidance on revenue for the year ahead. Because I guess if I look at the orders or bookings there last year, they were up maybe 10% in the first half, up in the 30s in the back half. So with lead times and so forth, should we expect a decent acceleration in Americas Commercial HVAC revenue growth in the back half of the year ahead?
Julian, it's Chris. I'll start and then Dave will jump in. That's right. I mean think about the very strong bookings growth in the second half of 2025 in Commercial HVAC. The first half was strong, up mid-teens, but we saw up about 30% -- over 30% in the second half of 2025. And when you think about Applied Systems, not uncommon to think about a 9-month cycle from order date to ship dates. So how we see 2026 playing out for Commercial HVAC Americas is the first quarter strong growth, probably about 7% to 8% range, second quarter grows to about 10% growth, and then it is up about low teens in the second half of the year. And we've dialed that in with the backlog and the timing of which when customers want us to deliver the products.
Julian, it's Dave. I think, as Chris described in the Americas, it's a very similar story that we see in Europe, okay? So in Europe, think of the first half of the year, orders were up high single digits. To the back half of the year, they were up high teens. So the same is exactly happening as to how our backlog, which is at record levels, is layered in. The good news also is that the pipelines in both businesses are extremely strong right now. I said that at the end of the third quarter that I've never seen this high before. And I would tell you they remain very, very robust as we enter Q1 in 2026.
That's helpful. And then just my second question on U.S. resi HVAC. Maybe help us understand the confidence in that leaning out of inventory having largely already happened. And any update you could give on pricing in that market. We keep being fed anecdotes from people every day about discounting. We didn't seem to hear that from an OEM peer yesterday, just wondered your perspectives on that, please.
Yes. I'll let Chris talk to the pricing side of it. But on the inventory side, look, we were very, very intentional in the fourth quarter to get the inventory right. And you heard in our prepared remarks, we took 1/3 of the production days out. So we knew that was going to cost us on the bottom line as we deleveraged over 60% in that particular business. But we also believe that we have inventory size right as we enter 2026. So 2025 is behind us, we're looking forward and see how the year plays out. And remember, for the full year, we believe that resi will be flat to down up to 5%. We'll see how the year plays out. But we believe that inventory is in the position we want it to be, and we were very, very intentional in getting there. Chris, do you want to talk about pricing?
Julian, we've not seen pricing fade in the business. If I think about the fourth quarter and pricing is really more due to volume being lower than anything else. So certainly, great products, good industry and wouldn't add anything more than that.
Yes. The only other thing I would add, Julian, is remember, Q1 has got some really tough. So even though inventory is in a right-sized position. We still are going to have some very difficult comps with last year being up in the high teens.
Our next question will come from the line of Scott Davis with Melius Research.
It's been a good quarter so far for -- or today, I guess, I should say, has been pretty good. And you guys -- I mean these orders in applied are a nice surprise. And my question just is really about whether orders are broadening out amongst your end markets, like office, education, et cetera? Or are they narrowing and more of that more of that incremental order strength is, in fact, data center?
Yes. I mean, look, data centers are very strong, okay? But I would also tell you that if you look across the 14 verticals that we track, at least in the Americas, we had broad-based growth, which was very, very encouraging. I think we had 12 or 14 verticals up. So that's encouraging for us. And -- so yes, but don't misinterpret my comments. Data centers were very strong, and they'll continue to be strong well into the future. But it is broad-based growth across the majority of our verticals that we track in commercial HVAC.
And comparably broad, you would say, Dave, versus maybe a year ago?
I have to -- I mean, I -- it's hard to say. I think we saw growth in some verticals that maybe a year ago, I was saying were weak like retail. We saw growth in retail. Office is coming back for us. So look, I'm bullish, Sean. And the order rate is one thing. But if I look at where the pipeline is, it's also very broad-based, which is very encouraging for the future.
Makes sense. Okay. I'll keep it at that.
Our next question comes from the line of Chris Snyder with Morgan Stanley.
I also wanted to ask about the applied orders, second straight quarter up over 100%. As we've seen this ramp in orders into the back half of the year, has there been an impact at all from changes in customer lead times? Are we starting to see customers order maybe with longer lead times again? There's some concerns out there in certain spots around supply chain pinpoint. Just wondering if that's having any impact on these -- just the massive orders we're seeing?
Chris, this is Dave. But I would say we haven't seen that. I mean you have some verticals that will give you more of a longer view versus others. But for the most part, I haven't seen any change occurring there probably since really probably at least the last, I'll say, at least 12 months, there hasn't been a dramatic change there on lead times. We're very competitive on our lead times. I told you that in the third quarter. We actually introduced a couple of quick ship programs so that sometimes you could have an emergency or you could have a contract or I forgot to order a piece of equipment, we're able to provide that now with some of our quick ship programs.
I appreciate that color. Maybe if I could follow up on data center, but specifically on the service side. As that the architecture there continues to change, obviously very rapidly. Are the attachment rates in that business better than they were, say, 5 or 7 years ago as they maybe more so relying on you guys to do a lot of that service? Just given how fast things are changing relative to a decade ago?
Yes. I think for sure, okay. Obviously, hyperscalers or colos, they want the OEM to be doing the service work, okay? I think what's changing is the size of these data center fields or farms as they referred to, are quite large. So we're seeing more dedicated resources to a particular data center. But I would say for sure, if you go back, like, say, a decade ago, I don't think our attachment rate was nearly what it is today. In fact, I'd be hard-pressed to think where we've done a major chiller farm where we haven't had the service agreements.
Our next question will come from the line of Andy Kaplowitz with Citigroup.
Dave and Chris, you had some margin pressure in Q4 in Americas and Europe. You explained it well. A lot of it was resi deleveraging in Americas and European investment. But maybe you could talk about how to think about segment incrementals in the context of your normal expected 25%-plus. Does European margins start to turn down more positive in '26 given its backlog? And how should we think about your overall price/cost dynamics given recently higher commodity costs?
Andy, on the 25% or better incrementals for 2026, you know us well, that's certainly where we like to start the year, and it gives us a lot of flexibility to make investments. We view each one of our segments, so the Americas, EMEA and Asia, all to be delivering 25% or better organic incrementals in 2026. Reported incrementals, they'll have about a 700 basis points lower impact than organic, and that's really just the result of M&A coming into the year at a starting point of lower margins, which gives us a great opportunity to grow those margins over time. So 25% plus across each of the segments for the year.
I think about price cost in the guide of the 6% to 7% organic, think of pricing is around 1.5 points for the year. We've had a very proven and strong track record of staying ahead of inflation. It's our current view around inflation and tariffs today. And at the same time, we have to remain very nimble and dynamic given input costs. So confident that, that 1.5 points of price would be in a position to drive the 20 to 30 basis points of margin growth as we go into any year, thinking about price versus inflation, but will remain dynamic.
Helpful, Chris. And then Dave, maybe you could talk a little more about your positioning in the data center market. I think the Stellar acquisition is going to help you a lot. But how is Trane adapting in thermal management as it adapts to maybe a little more liquid cooling? And then obviously, there were some comments a few weeks ago from 1 of your data center partners. So you could opine on their comments, water chillers versus air chillers and so on.
Yes. Well, thanks for the question, Andy. Look, at the end of the day, we've been very strong in the data center vertical for decades, and we're going to be very strong in the future. And the short answer to your question is, we see chillers in the data center vertical well into the future. But let me take a step back. Look, we're working very closely with many influencers in the data center vertical. So think of hyperscalers, think of chip manufacturers like NVIDIA and others, okay? And we're helping them design data centers of the future or you may have heard them refer to as reference designed data centers. And think of these data centers as the data centers that will be built maybe 2 to 4 years out. And when we're sitting with these customers, we're bringing our expertise around the thermal management system to the discussions. And I have not seen a reference design or data center of the future that does not include chillers, just to be very clear.
Now I think that when we talk about some of these future designs, you're going to see a lot of innovation around the thermal management system, specifically around the chiller that is really exciting. I won't talk about in too much detail here for obvious reasons. But this is -- I mean, this is fun. I mean when you sit out in these rooms and our engineers are very detailed on this, but it's just you get really creative ideas. We have a lot of these new innovations in the pipeline. Some of them are actually still being in the modeling stage because they're so futuristic in thought process. But I want everyone to realize that Trane Technologies is at the forefront of this innovation, and we're helping our customers think through what's possible. And I'll conclude with we've been very strong in the data center vertical for decades, and we're going to continue to be very, very strong well into the future.
Our next question comes from the line of Amit Mehrotra with UBS.
Dave, I just wanted to follow up on that point because I don't think people are debating whether a chiller will be in a data center in the future. I think the question really is about how much you need to run it and do run times get affected and do you need as many of them? And so I appreciate if you can just address that point, particularly also how Trane is positioned in an environment where chillers run less or needed less. Because on one side, you're working with NVIDIA to create this reference design. And the other side, one of the main value products you saw in that market, you could just need less of them or run less. I mean I don't know if you disagree with that, but I'd love your perspective on it.
Well, I do. I mean I think first of all, I mean think about a data center farm in the future, think about free cooling being built in to the data center, okay? So you'll have make up another 100 chillers, they'll have free cooling capability. To run free cooling, you'll obviously be running the fans. We could debate how often you're going to run the compressor side of the thermal management system there. But you will definitely be running the fans through the free cooling cycle.
How you manage that is going to be very important in the future. And I'm trying to be sensitive here to some of the innovation that you're going to see coming in the future. But chillers are mechanical systems. They are not a lot different than maybe your car. So you don't leave your car in the garage for 6 months and don't run it because if you did, you may not be very happy when you go out to try to start it up. So these systems do need to run at some point and so we're working through that equation.
The other side of it is, do you need more or less. I think at the end of the day, you have a thermal load that you have to be able to size for the size of the data center. So the answer is you're still going to have the same number the frequency of which the compressor side runs will be -- it will vary but -- which could impact the services side as to how often you service these pieces of equipment. And to be fair, we're still modeling that based on different innovations that are coming in the future.
Got it. Okay. That's helpful. And then just maybe more tactically, Chris. The organic growth target is 6.5%. Obviously, it's an acceleration in '25, but not as much of an acceleration. Is that maybe I would have expected given resi is kind of flattish to down. You've got probably applied equipment and services, maintaining not accelerating growth, just given the strength of the orders. Is that a fair assumption? I know you guys like to be conservative out of the gate and give yourself cushion, especially given the uncertainty of last year and what happened, but maybe you'd push back to me thing, it's not actually that conservative based on some puts and takes that you think of?
Yes. I mean, Amit, we like to set guidance where we can meet it or exceed it. And so that's where we're starting here in January with a lot of flexibility to react to conditions that may present themselves. We don't know today. The guidance range on the 6% to 7% on the full year organic, it's got Americas Commercially HVAC up about 10%. And again, we think that's a very strong growth for that business. And maybe a derisked outlook when you think about residential, we described it as flat to down 5%. Transport markets and residential markets trough in the first half and then much easier comps in the second half of the year. But Transport, we're expecting to be flat to down low single digits with markets down in the high single digits will outperform. So I think it's a reasonable start to the year. We have a lot of confidence in delivering on the results like we would any time here in January. And when you think about transport and residential, they're making up around 25%, 30% of the portfolio that we're not baking in much growth for on a full year basis. So we expect that they will improve in the second half on easier comps. We've got great teams and innovations. We keep leaning into both of those portfolios, and we'll see how the year kind of plays out, but we have a lot of confidence in the guide that we just put out today.
Our next question comes from the line of Andrew Obin with Bank of America.
Just a question on residential in the first quarter. I think the scope of sort of under absorption in the fourth quarter was a little bit surprising to us. At the same time, you commented that residential market was better in the fourth quarter. How should we think about under absorption relative to sort of normal operating leverage in Americas in Q1 of '26?
I'll let Chris talk about the unobserved, but let me just clarify a few things. I'm not sure the market was a lot stronger in the fourth quarter. I think we were stronger in the fourth quarter on resi. And I would also tell you, Andrew, that we were very, very intentional in taking these days out. So it's not -- it wasn't necessarily a surprise to us to deleverage. We kind of had that baked into our models. But we wanted to get this behind us, and we believe it's behind us now. So I don't know, Chris, do you want to talk about Q1 leverage.
Sure. We've got residential in our guide in the first quarter, down about 20%. Reminder, the business was up in the high teens in the first quarter of last year, and that drove strong volume growth. For Q1, look, we're still very much in a shoulder season for residential. We'd expect the deleverage in the first quarter to be better than the deleverage we saw in the fourth quarter. To Dave's point, we intentionally took production days out and that had the strongest impact on roughly 60% deleverage in the fourth quarter. So think about the first quarter, residential deleveraging within gross margins. We've got level-loaded production assumptions through the first quarter. We've got inventory we believe, at the right level in the channel. And then let's see how the year kind of plays out. But I think we really tried to, as one person noted, take the medicine in the fourth quarter as best we could and then set ourselves up well for 2026.
And just -- I know there's a lot of focus on data centers at a vertical, but at the same time, there are a lot of announcement about biopharma reshoring. And clearly, one of your key verticals, can you tell us what it is you are seeing in terms of biopharma reshoring? How real it is? How excited should we get about it into '26? And how much visibility do you have from your customers into '26 and '27?
It's a great question, Andrew. I mean -- I said earlier that we had 12 or 14 verticals that were positive. One of the verticals that was not positive was life science, okay? So -- but if I look at the pipeline of activity, yes, we see some of those large pharma projects that are set for reshoring, I said, in the pipeline. We're optimistic, but we'll see how they play out. But we are all over tracking some of those large projects that are in this classification of mega projects. But we're hopeful that some of those actually come to reality here in the near term.
Andrew, I'll add on the $7.8 billion of backlog that we finished 2025 with, there's a bit over $1 billion of backlog that's for 2027 and beyond. That's up more than 30% versus a year ago, and it reflects multiple verticals, let me be clear. But again, entering 2026 with a stronger backlog than '25 and certainly building backlog already for '27 and beyond.
Our next question comes from the line of Tommy Moll with Stephens.
Dave, I want to start by going back to the commentary from NVIDIA that you've elaborated on a bit today. If you think about the HVAC content and the data center. So whatever fraction of every dollar spent on a data center today that you would attribute to HVAC? And then you think about the 2- to 4-year road map where you're in discussions already. When we're 2 to 4 years out, do you think that fraction is higher, lower, about the same as today?
Yes. I'm going to on the side of saying it's probably about the same, okay? You got to look at the whole thermal management system, and that's one of the advantages that we bring to these conversations as we do look at the whole thermal management system. I think the amount of power that is being consumed by the thermal management system may be less, okay? So think of it as a trade-off between you will still need the thermal management system, how often it runs or the power that it consumes may be less. Therefore, you'll have the opportunity to do more computing within the data center, right, if that makes sense. So those are the conversations that are happening where -- how do we redirect some of the power over to the computing side versus running the thermal management system.
That's very helpful, Dave. I also wanted to ask a follow-up on resi pricing. Chris, I think earlier you said you have not seen it fade. I'm curious as you dialed in your outlook for sales this year flat to down 5%. Does that assume some incremental price realization in '26? And if the answer there is yes, do you feel like you're pricing plus/minus in line with other major players in the market there?
Tommy, I don't want to get in front of our residential team in terms of their plans for pricing. So I won't comment specifically there. But the flat to down 5% residential for the full year on a dollar basis. It assumes some level of price, whether it be new price increases or any carryovers from last year. And then we'll see how the year plays out. It's rough estimates at this point in time. It's probably a modestly lower year to flat on pricing. We'll see how that plays out.
Our next question will come from the line of Noah Kaye with Oppenheimer.
I'd like to pick up on the broad Commercial HVAC strength. In the past, I think the split of orders backlog is maybe skewed a little bit more towards retrofit. We're seeing some new construction indicators picking up. So how should we think about new build versus retrofit split as relative drivers of the '26 outlook? And to what extent, if any, the back half acceleration ties into new construction?
Yes. I mean I think you need to look at it by vertical, Noah. So certainly, in the data center vertical, there's a lot of new construction almost all. But then when you get back into some of the other core verticals, it's very similar to what we've seen in the past. And it makes a lot of sense, right? I mean, I always tell people look out your window and how many buildings do you see versus how many cranes do you see. And you'll realize that the majority of our business is focused on the honey retrofit versus new construction. But really -- you got to really -- your question is a great one. Just look at it by different verticals and you may get a different answer, okay?
Yes. Very fair. I want to ask you about Stellar Energy. I guess just how much overlap is there in the customer base today? And maybe can you talk a little bit about kind of key points of differentiation around what this adds to your capabilities?
Yes. I mean, look, I think -- sure, there's some overlap. But at the end of the day, think of Stellar Energy as being able to build modular chiller plants. And I mean -- so just -- and then these modular chiller plants get assembled on a job site like LEGOs. And so you're reducing the amount of skilled labor required on the job site, you're moving that back to the factory. You're testing these systems in a different way in a factory versus what you would do at a job site. So again, that's a benefit as well. Look, they're predominantly right now in the data center vertical, but we see a lot of opportunities for this modular concept in core verticals as well. I think we're all aware of the skilled labor shortages and potential -- and the potential that, that has to slow projects up, where modular designs are going to become -- they're very attractive today, but I think they're going to become even more attractive in other verticals than just the data center vertical.
Yes. And that cross-sell is an opportunity for you.
Regina, before you go to the next speaker, let me just clarify a plan. I don't want to confuse anybody. Resi down up to 5% in 2026. It's really driven by volumes. We'll see where pricing ultimately falls out. I don't want anyone to think that pricing is coming down in that market. The impact may be less than what we saw in 2025 with significant pricing, but we'll see. But it's really, really volumes coming down that makes up that. I don't want to intimate that we know pricing is coming down. Thank you.
And our next question will come from the line of Jeff Hammond with KeyBanc Capital Markets.
Maybe just -- we talked a lot about Applied, just touched on commercial unitary orders, trends and how you see that shaping up in '26?
Yes. I mean it's a great question. Look, if I go back and look at 2025, Applied was extremely strong. But unitary was positive, slightly. I guess, if I look forward to 2026, look, we have a kind of model right now as flattish for 2025. We'll see how that is out as the year progresses. But -- and again, it really depends on different growth rates that we're going to see in different verticals because some are more apt to have unitary product for Applied systems. But right now, to answer your question, we're looking at it to be flattish in 2026.
Okay. Great. And then just looking at your CapEx, I think you're guiding 1% to 2% of sales. You've kind of been in that 1.5% to 2% range. But just -- talk to me about what you've been doing behind the scenes to really ramp your capacity in the Applied business, just given the strength? And what you need to do going forward, given all that pipeline in terms of capacity expansion for Applied? And maybe just touch on your ability to kind of continue to ramp on the labor side for the service business as well.
Let me start, and I'll let Chris talk more about the actual dollars being spent. But look, when we think of capacity. We really break it down into 3 different areas, okay? One is our 4-wall capacity. And that's in our factories itself. And that's what we control. And I would tell you that we've been ramping there for a long time, and I think I told you in the third quarter call that our chiller capacity over the last 2 or 3 years is up over 4x, okay? So we've done a nice job there. And some of that's new builds. Some of that is just leaning out. Some of that is putting in lines and reducing inventory to create space. So there's a lot of goodness that's there, and I'm very comfortable with our capacity in that space.
The other area we look at capacity is on our supply chain. And it's their ability could hinder us if we're not careful. So we spend a lot of time working with our supply chain partners on their capacity. And making sure that they understand what our demands are going to be in the future, understand they know kind of like the robustness that we see in our pipelines so that they can anticipate as well. So that's another bucket that we look at. And we're in good shape there. I think there's always opportunities to improve, and our team is doing a great job of making sure that we have enough capacity there as our future needs will dictate.
The third area that we look at is within our Service business. And there, really, it's about being able to not only do the service on this equipment, but commission the equipment. So Applied systems, we commission, right? So we go out to the -- our own employees are out there before the mechanical contractor starts these systems up. We're out there making sure that everything is perfect before we start them up. And then we make sure that the system is operating the way it was designed before it gets turned over to the customer. And to be fair, we have over 7,500 technicians now on a global basis. So I feel very comfortable in our ability there to make sure that all these applied orders that we've been receiving. We're not only to be able to manufacture, but we're also going to be able to make sure that we can commission on the job sites. So Chris, I don't know if you want to talk about the actual capital dollars.
Yes. I mean we remain CapEx-light in terms of intensity. You're right, Jeff. 1.5% to 2% has been the CapEx spend to revenues over the last few years, and it's been able to support all the capacity expansions we needed to do. I would add though, M&A has been a great option for us as well as we brought in businesses on air handling or industrial process cooling capacity for data centers, the M&A brings capacity as well into our 4 walls and then it gives us a lot of optionality as to how we want that production facility to operate what products will it run and what can we expand into that as well. So it's organic and also some inorganic opportunities, we've been able to expand capacity.
Our next question will come from the line of Joe Ritchie with Goldman Sachs.
So look, for all -- for good reason, there's always a focus on the U.S. data center market. You take a look at your Commercial HVAC bookings though in EMEA, up mid-teens and some expectations that you could actually see some really robust growth in the data center market in EMEA. And I'm just wondering whether you're starting to see any of that already? And then how are you positioned geographically if things were to really accelerate?
Yes. I mean, absolutely, we see data centers really on a global basis, Joe. So it's not just in the Americas. I will tell you that the size of the data centers is dramatically different in Europe than it is here in the States. And you could almost -- I mean, the data centers that are being built in Europe are probably about 1/10 the size of what's being built, the majority of what's being built now or what's being certainly planned to be built here in the states. So I am hearing from some that they're going to be making much larger data centers in Europe, but we'll see how that plays out. But if it does, we're very well positioned. I mean we have incredible portfolio of products, really on a global basis. And there are nuances that you will see in the product portfolio for preferences and data centers as you start to move around the world. And my comments on Europe, you could replicate them into Asia as well because it's, again, a very similar -- Asia is actually more similar to what we're seeing in Europe right now.
Got it. That's helpful. And then I guess maybe then just double clicking on those orders. You mentioned your priority verticals in the Americas, most of them are seeing broad-based growth. Where are you seeing kind of like the real growth in the EMEA side of the business?
Yes. I mean it's less -- we have less data there on the different verticals, but I would say it's, again, broad-based. We certainly see it in data centers. We certainly saw it in Commercial as well, Commercial Office that is, which is -- it's a focus area. We also see nice growth in Europe, as you would expect, in our Services business. It's very -- it's as broad-based as you would have in the Americas. We just have less granularity on the verticals and kind of like have a reporting mechanism on those verticals. But -- if you ever come visit us in Europe, I think you'll see us being able to play across all the verticals. And again, the direct sales force really allows us to pivot to where the opportunities are, and that's really on a global basis as well.
Our next question will come from the line of Jeff Sprague with Vertical Research Partners.
Good looking numbers here, guys. Congrats. I wonder if we could talk a little bit more about price cost. Chris, you gave some color there. But I was just kind of curious if you could kind of level set us on kind of what you absorbed on tariffs in 2025, what the wraparound might be? And then also just this pretty dramatic metal spike we are seeing. Gold is getting all the attention, but copper and other things have moved a lot. Just how dynamic might your pricing have to be here as we progress through 2026?
Well, I'm hoping it's less dynamic than what it had to be in 2025, Jeff. But -- that's the power of the business operating system and the models we have to take into account all of the costs that we can see. But your specific question, just given time on tariffs, we described it about a bit higher than $140 million of tariff cost in 2025 on our last call. We're in that range for what that cost was in 2025 for the full year. And think about that wrapping into 2026. We really have 3 quarters of that tariff cost in '25. Now you've got 4 quarters of that. So we expect it to be inflationary from a tariff perspective, maybe in that $50-ish million range in the ballpark. All in, maybe it's $200-ish million of costs that we'll make sure we price accordingly for. But the first step we do is we make sure we mitigate the tariff costs. So the numbers I'm quoting you are after mitigations. So we're continuing to work with suppliers on the short term to the long term to ultimately mitigate the costs and/or move source of supply to really not make this an area where we have to price. And if we do, we're not trying to make it a profit center.
On commodities, we've had a program for well over a decade in terms of how we hedge. Think of copper and aluminum in 2026. Now about half of our needs are hedged at this point. And so we'll continue to layer on hedges as we move throughout the year as we normally would. But we'll remain dynamic in terms of pricing as we see those commodities move. On steel, we have about a 6-month lock in terms of pricing. So any pricing moves there impact us beyond 6 months. But I think a proven track record to stay ahead of inflation and make sure that we've got a positive on the dollars and the margins for price cost.
Our next question will come from the line of Nigel Coe with Wolfe Research.
So you said some very interesting comments. Well, first of all, I want to say well done on taking the inventory down. That's not easy, but set you up well for 2026, so well done there. Going back to the comments you made on the Services intensity for chillers and data centers. I just want to make sure I understand that correctly because obviously, these aren't running 24/7, depending on the amid temperature. But just could you just remind us how the service tail on Applied Systems typically looks versus upfront cost? And is that materially different for data centers, that would be an interesting comment.
Yes. Actually, it's a great question. And I think I can tell you right now, we think of it at the [ 8 to 10 ], you've heard us say that number before in an Applied System, at least on a thermal management Applied System. In data centers, look, to be honest with you, it's probably going to be a bit lower, and some of that we're still modeling. And there's a couple of reasons for that, right? One is we could all sit there and speculate what the what the life expectancy is of a thermal management system in a data center. I know what it will run from a mechanical standpoint, and that doesn't change. But because of the efficiencies that you're going to see in the -- if you just follow the track of innovations and how we've been able to improve efficiency over the last 5 years, if you roll that forward to the next 5 years, you may start to see some of these chillers have different lives other than the data center because you switch them out to be able to get power to divert back into the computing side of the equation versus into the thermal management side. So those are some of the variables that are kind of unknown right now. But the question that came in that I would try to answer was, "Hey, if a chiller runs less, do you have the same service on it?" And the reality of it is in a data center, think of it as a chiller -- the fan side or the air side of the chiller is going to run as it does today. The compressing side of the chiller may run less, but it still has to run. And if you don't run it, you're going to end up with problems. So those are kind of the balances that we're working through. So it's pretty dynamic. And -- we don't have it 100% dialed in, but I would tell you, we have a lot of people that are modeling that so we can understand it. But don't -- there's a couple of things that are going to be the same, right? Response time, being on the job site, making sure that you have uptime. All that is going to be the same. Connected solutions is all going to be the same. So we'll still have a big robust Service business as well.
Yes. And then just one more crack at the resi pricing, just given the inflation wave that's coming through in that business. And maybe, Chris, it doesn't sound like you want to put a pin on sort of the pricing. I just wondered, is that because the demand environment is to fluids, the raw material inflation impact is to fluids. I mean any sense on why you kind of -- I don't know if the mystery of pricing here, but just wondering what's kind of like driving our thinking around pricing?
Well, I'll start with our team hasn't announced a price increase yet for -- I'd say that we've got expectations for the year, but we'll continue to remain dynamic. I don't want to signal anything in advance, but we have a lot of confidence in the team that they're going to manage well throughout the year, okay?
Our final question will come from the line of Steve Tusa with JPMorgan.
Glad you clarify that resi pricing comment because few messages came in immediately when you said down. So obviously, some sensitivity around that. But just the Commercial HVAC side, can you help reconcile the -- like 100% plus applied orders and the 35% total orders like what was down to kind of get it to that rate? Or is it Applied just a smaller piece of that pie?
We saw growth in orders in both Applied and unitary here in the fourth quarter. Unitary closer to that low single-digit kind of range, but it was positive. I guess I'd leave it there. I mean, it's pretty broad brushed in terms of the verticals where we saw growth. Dave described the 12 to 14 -- 12 of the 14 verticals.
Well, I mean, I guess, if there is 50-50 simplistically, wouldn't that be a lot higher of a total order number? Or is the -- am I -- is there services maybe in there or something?
Yes. Those services that certainly would be part of that conversation as well in terms of order growth. We'd have to get back to you with the answer. Yes. We can do the math on -- but you're also sit on comps with the prior year comps as well. We have to look at that, too.
Okay. And then just thinking about this kind of trajectory, obviously, very strong orders, strong backlog. In the first quarter, you're starting at like 7% to 8% exiting the year at a higher rate. And obviously, these orders are very strong. Is there something outside of the core Applied business? And I guess what I'm getting at is, are there like a lot of like liquid cooling related orders that are now coming through and pushing that number higher and driving the acceleration in the second half? I know you guys have come out with some big launches on that front. Is that moving the needle on some of this?
Well, I think we're mixing orders versus revenue. So the revenue is more a function that we're going to see in the back half of the orders that we've already booked, Steve. So think of it as -- if our last 6 months in Commercial HVAC in the Americas, our orders are up over 30%, and you just start adding 9 months almost on average to each of those to understand when it's going to ship out. And Europe is very similar, as I said, that was up the high teens level. So all that backlog is going to come up.
To your question on are we seeing robust demand for other elements of the thermal management system, absolutely certainly in our pipeline. And as you can imagine, we're all over it, and the teams are just doing a great job there on the innovation side as well as on the front end talking to customers as to what we have in our portfolio.
Okay. And then one last one, Chris, can you just remind us what the standing kind of Tier 1, Tier 2 kind of raws bases, so we can just kind of like door on math on that inflation dynamic this year?
Yes, Tier 1 is still around $750 million and then the Tier 2 is around $5.5 billion to $6 billion in terms of size.
And that will conclude our question-and-answer session. I'll turn the conference back over to Zac Nagle for any closing remarks.
Thanks, everyone, for joining today's call. As always, we'll be around to take any questions that you may have today or in the coming days. We'll be on the road at a couple of conferences here in February and then into the rest of the quarter. So we look forward to seeing many of you on the road. Thanks very much. Bye.
This concludes our call for today. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
Trane Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Organischer Umsatz: +4% (Q4); +7% exkl. Residential.
- Adjusted EPS: +10% YoY; bereinigtes Ergebnis je Aktie (adjusted EPS) über Guidance.
- Bookings & Applied: Enterprise-Bookings organisch +22%; Applied Solutions +120%+, Book-to-Bill 200%.
- Backlog: Rekord $7,8 Mrd; Americas +≈25% YoY, EMEA +≈40% YoY.
- Cash & Kapital: Free-Cash-Flow robust; 2025 rund $3,2 Mrd eingesetzt (Dividenden, M&A, Rückkäufe).
🗣️ Was das Management sagt
- Backlog als Hebel: Management betont, dass hoher Applied-/Commercial-HVAC-Backlog Sichtbarkeit für 2026 bietet und Second‑half-Acceleration erwartet wird.
- Services & Innovation: Services (~1/3 des Umsatzes) und digitale Fähigkeiten bleiben fokussierte Wachstumstreiber; konsequente Reinvestition in Produkt- und Service‑Innovation.
- Kapitalallokation: Ausgewogene Strategie: gezielte M&A (Stellar Energy angekündigt), Dividende und Rückkäufe bei Unterschreiten des fairen Werts; 2026 Deployment geplant $2,8–3,3 Mrd.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahresguide 2026: Organisches Umsatzwachstum 6–7%; adjusted EPS $14,65–$14,85 (+12–14%).
- Reportet/FX/M&A: Reported Wachstum 8,5–9,5%; ~+50 bps FX, ~+200 bps aus M&A.
- Operative Ziele: Organische Incrementals ≥25% je Segment, Free-Cash-Flow‑Conversion ≥100%; Q1 EPS ≈ $2,50, Q1 organisch flach (Resi wird Q1 ~‑20%).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Commercial-HVAC Timing: Analysten fragten nach der Konversion hoher Backlogs in Umsatz; Management skizziert gestaffelte Umsatzbeschleunigung über 2026 (stärkeres 2. Hj.).
- Data‑Center/Themik: Viele Nachfragen zu Liquid‑/Free‑Cooling und ob weniger Laufzeit der Chiller den Service‑Tail reduziert; Management sieht weitergehende Service‑Relevanz, aber Modelle werden angepasst.
- Residential & Pricing: Diskussion zur Inventory‑Bereinigung (Produktionstage um 1/3 reduziert) und zur Preisentwicklung; Management meldet keine ausgeprägte Preisabschlagsdynamik, Volumen bleibt Hauptrisiko.
⚡ Bottom Line
Trane liefert ein quarters mit starker Order‑dynamik, rekordhohem Backlog und einer konservativen, aber überzeugenden 2026‑Guidance. Haupttreiber sind Commercial HVAC und Services; kurzfriste Risiken bleiben Residential/Transport und Input‑Kosten, doch Bilanz, FCF und aktive Kapitalallokation stützen die Aktie langfristig.
Trane Technologies — Baird 55th Annual Global Industrial Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everybody. I'm Tim Wojs. I cover building products here at Baird, and we're delighted to have Trane Technologies join us at our Global Industrial Conference this year. Trane Technologies is one of the leading HVAC manufacturers globally. They have strong market positions in Commercial HVAC Equipment and Service, Residential HVAC and then Refrigerated Transportation.
From the company, we have EVP and CFO, Chris Kuehn. We have Donny Simmons, who is the Group President of the Americas business; and then Pat, who's the Director of IR, is up here in the front.
So I'm going to kind of flip it over to Chris and just kind of maybe give everybody a quick state of the union on Trane, and then we'll get into more specific questions.
So with that, I'll turn the floor to you.
Tim, thanks. Donny and I are very happy to be here, Pat as well and being on a hopefully less snowy day here in Chicago than what the city experienced a couple of days ago.
Look, we're happy to report it's going to be another very strong year for Trane Technologies in 2025. We're guiding to 6% organic revenue growth, 7% reported growth and EPS growth in the range of 15% to 16% with very strong free cash flow conversion again. So we're very happy to be in another very strong year, and we're already putting the plans together for 2026.
If Dave Regnery were here, our CEO, he would say that, "Gosh, we have more opportunities in front of us today than we did even 5 years ago when Trane Technologies was launched." So with that, we're happy to be here and talk more about what we're seeing in the landscapes in the business and what we're seeing out into the future.
Great. You could raise your hand if you have questions or you can e-mail [email protected] and to hit this iPad up here.
But I guess as you think about '26, I mean, it's not like you've given guidance or anything, but just kind of thinking about the puts and takes as you look into next year. You've had some really strong bookings in Commercial HVAC. As those convert, it seems like you have visibility to pretty strong growth there, maybe double digits next year. Residential, Thermo King, both kind of cyclically kind of pressured this year, but at some point, those will recover.
So I guess how are you thinking about growth next year and the puts and takes to that? And then anything on the margin side that you'd call out relative to that kind of 25% plus organic framework that you've always kind of talked about and delivered on?
Sure. Well, why don't I -- Donny, why don't you start and give the landscape of how you're seeing things at the end of the third quarter for the Americas businesses and then how we're thinking about the framework for next year?
Yes. I think just like we talked about in our third quarter earnings, we have a very robust backlog going into the year, primarily -- think about that backlog is 90% Commercial HVAC. So we certainly expect strength in commercial HVAC next year.
On the Residential side, a very challenging market this year. We talked about the third and fourth quarter being down 20%. What I will say as we go into next year, we haven't given guidance around next year is that you could expect the first half of the year to be challenging from a year-over-year perspective, in particular, the first quarter. I mean we had high teens revenue growth in Residential in the first quarter last year. So we can expect that to be a factor. And as we get into the -- through the fourth quarter and into the first quarter, we'll talk about guidance and how we expect that to play out next year.
On the Thermo King side, very much a different scenario in aggregate. I mean, the Thermo King markets have been challenged. We're in what we call a year 4 of an 18-month downturn, very challenging. Certainly, we expect that to change. And historically, if you look, we're at -- the market size today is at a 15-year low. I mean it's a significant downturn. As we go into next year, again, the first half will be more challenged as compared to the second half. And right now, all predictions are as of the second half, we should start to see growth in that marketplace, and we'll factor that in as well as we give guidance into next year.
Yes. I mean the ending backlog at the end of the third quarter was $7.2 billion, and the vast majority of that is Commercial HVAC. We said over 90%. And of that, the vast majority is Applied Systems, and it covers the 14 verticals we track in the Americas as well as globally.
Think about that backlog from the start of the year, okay, it's up about 7%, but it's up about $450 million from the start of 2025. But it's really up $800 million from Commercial HVAC, and it's down a couple of hundred million dollars when you look at the Transport business and the residential business. So the complexity or the mix of the backlog is just continuing to inflect up for Commercial HVAC and Applied Systems.
So it gives us a lot of visibility into next year in terms of what customers want in their deliveries for applied solutions. We need to see how Unitary plays out. We need a few more months to see how that market plays out for next year. So that's another piece of our Commercial HVAC business. And then we have an outstanding Service business that represents about 1/3 of the company revenues that -- those Service contracts are not in the backlog, but we've grown that business low teens CAGR the last 4 years and on low double-digit growth so far this year, and it's going to underpin the growth into next year and for many years to go into the future.
Okay. I guess when you think about Commercial HVAC, just a lot of the data you see that's published, I mean, data centers is kind of the thing that's growing and everything else is kind of muddling along or kind of plus or minus. I mean you talk -- and you and Dave talk about tracking kind of 14 different verticals internally. How is each one of those performing? Because I think there's a perception out there that it's just all data center growth. I think you guys pushed back against that, but I'm just kind of curious how you would kind of characterize it?
We intentionally do.
Yes. I mean we do push back on that because we serve all 14 verticals, and we're very well diversified. We're not heavily weighted to any one. And so we do see growth beyond data centers, and we see growth in some pockets in office. If you think about Class A office space, we're seeing growth there. And think about that in terms of upgrading Class B to Class A to make that more attractive to pull in tenants. So we see growth there.
We see growth in higher education. We see growth in health care. We see growth to some extent in government as well. Where the markets are challenged and where we've seen challenging markets this year, retail has been a challenging market this year. Life sciences has been a challenging market this year. And that's -- but honestly, like if you look forward and look through our pipeline going forward, we see nice prospective growth in all the 14 verticals for the most part.
Okay. I guess when -- if you step back, just I mean your Commercial HVAC business has basically doubled since COVID. There's obviously some price in there, but I think you've picked up a significant amount of market share over the last 5 years. So could you just talk about why Trane is kind of winning in the market and why what you've built around products and distribution and service is kind of hard to replicate?
Sure. look, it's a system of things, and we talk about -- it's hard to replicate, and we're very proud of what we have. And it starts with our people. It starts with the innovation that we have for our customers, and that's a key driver for us is the innovation. We want to make sure that we're continuously innovating the next generation of technology for our customers. It also has a lot to do with our channel strategy.
We're -- we own our channel globally. That's very different than anybody else, and it gives us an advantage. And that advantage plays out in different ways. You can have an owner, a customer that's based in Seattle; you can have -- or in, say, South Korea; you can have an engineer that's based in Seattle and a mechanical contractor that's based in Dallas, Texas. And we have relationships personally with each one of those elements. That gives us an advantage to have that relationship with those customers at every level because it is a system of things.
And then our application expertise when we work with our customers around what problems they're trying to solve and the fact that we have an engineered sales force. Our sales force are degreed engineers that they're helping our customers solve problems day in and day out. And then you couple that with our service capability. Our customers care dearly about service.
Our service technicians typically have some of the best relationships with our customers. Our customers value that capability. We've got over 6,000 applied technicians. And I say applied, I mean, applied equipment technicians globally, over 4,500 here in the Americas. We're able to make sure that our customers are taking care of at any point in time. That's a very important factor in terms of how we compete in the marketplace.
Yes. It's -- to be fair, not all service technicians are the same. And ours are, to Donny's point, focused on Applied Systems, commissioning through servicing and maintenance. And one thing we're certainly hearing more and more from customers, especially on the data center side, is the capabilities not only on the manufacturing and the ability to deliver the product, but what's your commissioning capability? Do you have the workforce to be there on site to commission the product at the time in which they want?
Obviously, those assets want to be monetized as quickly as possible, so they're not looking for any holdups. And some of the real investments we made because you talked about 25% or better incrementals, we like having that framework because it allows us the optionality to keep driving more investment into the business with a governor of delivering at least 25% or better incrementals each year. But one of those investments we put in was into the Service business, into a technology training center. Maybe you want to spend a minute, Donny, talking about that because it's a differentiator for Trane Technologies.
Yes, I would love to. So we have 2 training centers in North America. One is in La Crosse, Wisconsin, and we just opened a second one. It's world-class. I mean, absolutely world-class training facility in Davidson, North Carolina. And we send all of our technicians through these training centers.
Training is extremely important to technicians. They want to be -- they want to make sure that they understand the state-of-the-art equipment, that they understand how to service it, and they want to make sure that they're capable of doing so. So we send them to each one of those training facilities. All of our technicians go to training twice a year. So think of that as us building our capacity from a training standpoint.
And we also invest in tools for our technicians to make them more productive so that when they're asked to go to a job site, they understand exactly what's going on at the job site. They're able to spend less time typing up in a computer exactly what's going on and more time actually solving the problem for their customers. And so their applied time becomes much more valuable from that perspective.
I guess on the Service side, like you said, you're growing low teens, double digits. You've always prioritized strong attach rates. I guess where are you seeing kind of the most kind of incremental traction on the Service side today? And how does technology -- I probably have a few more questions on this, but technology change kind of your ability to service relative to other companies that could maybe service your equipment?
Sure. I'll start. We're always investing in the Service business. It starts with, "Oh, we're always hiring great service technicians." Donny has talked about the investments we made around the training aspects and even apprenticeship programs that are 4-year programs to become a commercial HVAC service tech.
There are multiple streams of revenue that makes up services, and we're intentionally not providing the details of all of it because we really don't want to provide the road map. But as we think about digital capabilities, I'll leverage one of our recent acquisitions. Earlier this year, we bought a company, BrainBox AI. They were a partner of Trane's for a few years, and they brought about 20,000 connected buildings into the fleet. We now have over 65,000 connected buildings, and we're adding about an hour -- building an hour here on average.
Think about how to optimize your building with a suite of AI tools. And maybe, Donny, you can probably describe it better than I can. But think about energy savings to a customer with a SaaS-based model that ultimately like the margins in that space, but can be scaled significantly.
Yes. So when you think about BrainBox, think about the capability. When we add BrainBox into our Building Automation System for our customers, we're able to show them that we can save them between 15% and 30%, sometimes as much as 40% in electricity consumption and/or gas consumption depending on their systems. And so by enabling that technology going in, we're able to essentially give a very big value proposition to our customers to make sure that, that's something that they could see.
And this is agentic AI. So this is actually looking at the environment and making predictions based on what's happened over time in terms of what's going to happen in that space. It could be weather, it could be the wind, it could be The Sun position, it could be -- there's multiple different factors that it's looking at to make adjustments to how the system is operating to ultimately reduce the overall operating cost of the system.
And we had one customer who -- they want to see the proof. They want to see that this application can work for them. So we have one customer with thousands of convenience stores, okay, located all over the U.S. at different temperatures and climates in which they need to operate. And there was a pilot of roughly 40 stores. And after 3 months, the savings was over 30%. So how do you take that energy savings and ultimately scale it to all of their stores and then they're going to have a realized savings and hold on to that savings, further optimize it for how they use it. But ultimately, how do you drive that savings and scale it? And that's what a direct sales force can do with the deep customer relationships we have.
And what is the business model of that type of offering kind of evolve to? Is it -- does it just kind of get you a better payback on equipment and you get like a service -- kind of you get share that way? Is there like an actual kind of cost savings guarantee or something like that, that you're able to offer? Like as that evolves, like how does that kind of monetize for you guys?
Yes. In that space, it's more of a SaaS-based model. So it's -- you're signing a contract and ultimately, the software sits on top of it and then manages to Donny's point, what -- how the building is going to operate. We can in different markets, we can offer an energy savings guarantee. We do that in our energy savings business, our ESCO business. But in this space, less so in that area. This is more of a SaaS model, let's prove it out. Let's see the real savings in your utility bills and then from there, let's scale it.
Okay. Okay. And I guess when you think about the Service margins, I mean, those have always been really good for you. Maybe just talk a little bit about the underlying profitability of the Service business is kind of relative to the overall kind of profitability of the company. And you've done very well kind of yourself, but I guess is there -- have you seen outsized performance really in the Service margin? Or has the margin improvement been pretty comparable to the rest of the company?
Yes. I mean I'll start with Service first. The margins are accretive to the segment margins in each of our regions. The Service business -- again, 1/3 of the company, 90% of that plus is really Commercial HVAC service. There is some service that we're doing with parts and what we'll do on the Thermo King Transport side and the Residential side, but it's really around Commercial HVAC. And then of that, it's really to Applied Systems. We'll do some service in the Unitary space, but really, it's more applied systems focused.
But it really is leveraging all parts of the P&L. When we think about our 3 regions, there's different mix of businesses there. And you think about the Americas that has a Residential business that we talked at the beginning, right, it's down 20% in the fourth quarter and third quarter in 2025 business and the markets are depressed. It's going to be a slow start to next year. The Americas margins grew in the third quarter despite having that headwind in Residential, a headwind in Transport as well. So it shows hopefully the power of the Commercial HVAC business and the Service business that it brings along.
So -- but our hallmark, if anything, is really the business operating system. And one area of it is how we think about managing all parts of the P&L where price versus inflation or cost -- always leveraging price for innovation, we'll start there and then feeding the business for investments is always key for us.
I guess, you brought up margins. My question, the enterprise margins are up, what, 600 basis points or something like that since COVID. So you're kind of approaching a 19% margin level this year. So very clear, you're kind of managing the business to that 25% incrementals. My question is, is the underlying business, has that improved to the same degree that the kind of the total company has? Or have you seen a stronger improvement in the underlying incrementals and you're just actually investing more to drive growth? Hopefully, that makes sense.
A bit of both. I'm going to say more latter. We've seen a strong improvement with the underlying business. It starts with being a lean operator and driving strong incrementals on volumes. Again, the equations we think about price versus cost, the equation around productivity versus other investments and also really leaning in on investments.
In fact, Donny and I are in a meeting in a couple of weeks, which is our twice annual innovation review by business unit. And what are the in-flight projects and how they're executing and then here's the approval to bring even more investments in as we accelerate. So it's a combination of fundamentally improving the margins of the business and also increasing the investments that we've done over the last 4 or 5 years. But a lot of the investment is going into the Commercial HVAC space on a relative basis.
It is. And so we look at the investment on an ongoing basis. Not only innovation, but also capacity. And we talked about the fact that we've added in the last couple of years, we've 4x the capacity in our Applied Systems in order to meet the demand in the marketplace. And so that's also an investment that we're constantly looking at. We invest in our technicians. I talk about the service technician lab. We're also adding technicians. We're adding front-end tools to help make them more efficient. And so the investment is happening across the board.
Okay. Any questions from the audience?
[indiscernible].
Sure. So the question is on the European business outside of -- or the international businesses outside of Americas. Americas represents 70% to 75% of the company. And if we think about EMEA, it represents around 15-ish percent. And then Asia for us represents around 7% of the company. But I'll lead with Commercial HVAC in Europe, for example.
Those markets have been at best flattish, maybe up low single digits, and that business has continued to deliver high single-digit growth in Commercial HVAC over the long term. And a lot of that has to do with the same innovation we talked about in the Americas. It applies into Europe and EMEA as well.
In Asia, think of that business as half China, half rest of Asia, and it's 90% Commercial HVAC. In EMEA, it's probably 65%, 60% Commercial HVAC, 35% transport. In Asia, it's 90% commercial HVAC, and they actually lead in terms of margins for the company. And again, they win and outperform based on the innovation they bring to the markets there.
A year ago, we actually tightened the credit policy in China specifically because we wanted to work with more end users less of the thinly capitalized mechanical contractors. And I think that's been a big move and a smart move for our team there that they decided, let's go ahead and focus. And we're seeing that sequential improvement since that decision. So that's moving in the right direction.
But it's still true that a lot of innovation in Europe actually starts there and it comes on over to the U.S. We've made some very nice acquisitions in Europe on air handling and in process -- industrial process cooling. And those are avenues we've been able to take those products and/or those innovations into the Americas market as well. But great businesses, great leaders. They're not here today. Donny is here for the Americas side, but I'm sure a day doesn't go by where they're all talking with each other in terms of how we're leveraging the portfolio.
Anything else? Maybe just on data centers. Could you talk a little bit about the competitive landscape, how kind of Trane fits in? There's a lot of different business models. I mean you guys do a lot of chillers, obviously. There's a lot of other companies in the space that do everything from kind of close to the server rack to chillers. So what's kind of your competitive advantage in the data center market? And how do you see your competitive offering evolving over time?
Yes. I think our competitive advantage comes down to a few factors. One is our innovation cycle in terms of how we focus with those customers. Those customers want the next innovation continuously. So historically, where we would take 12 -- sorry, call it, 24 months to develop a new product and then we would sell it. Now we're talking about concepts with customers, selling those concepts to the customers and then developing the product and implementing and then shipping the product within 12 months. So that speed is critical. So that's one element. So innovation is one.
The other is back to our model. I mean, even with data center customers, having a company-owned channel with having relationships directly with the data center customers, having relationships with the general contractors involved, having relationships with mechanical contractors involved is very important overall. And we're uniquely positioned from that standpoint.
And then finally, and just as important is our service capability. This is extremely important for our customers. The ability to have just in North America or the Americas, 4,500 technicians that are skilled in commissioning systems is extremely important. And so we talk about that 4,500. And not every technician is the same. So just be careful when you hear the number of technicians, our technicians are skilled applied technicians, meaning they know how to start up and commission the systems that we sell to our customers. That's also a critical capability for us as well.
And just -- sorry, given that innovation timetable that's compressed with data center customers, what we haven't seen yet, but is in the future, what's the spillover impact of that innovation to the other 13 verticals where we're leveraging Applied Systems. And so while it's important to highlight data centers, and we did highlight in the third quarter with $6 billion of bookings, we had a few large bookings that were data center related that we said over $100 million.
We also really like talking about the other 13 verticals and what we're seeing there because the majority of that direct sales force and a lot of the data center growth is in the U.S., as we know, a lot of our direct sales force is more focused on those other verticals than they are data centers. So while we love that piece of it and the growth, and we've got every ability to serve those customers, it's as important for us to make sure the other verticals are well served and they are.
I guess as more of your customer base kind of focuses on decarbonization and kind of lowering that footprint, like how have the -- how have the kind of payback periods changed or evolved over the last, call it, 5 years? And are customers still in kind of that same numerical type payback? Or have they kind of extended their willingness to kind of invest if there's other attributes to that payback? I guess, how do you -- how has that evolved?
I'll start. I mean we've led with green for green. And depending on where you want to lead with, you want to lead with sustainability green and then it has a strong payback? Or do you want to lead with a strong payback and you're getting a great sustainability outcome. We can -- we see it as it's not a trade-off. It's green for green. Having a direct sales force and knowing all the incentives on a local basis allows us to bring the power of whatever is available from a local and a state perspective. Are there things in the One Big Beautiful Bill we would have loved to have been extended, but weren't? Yes.
But at the same time, it hasn't driven significant changes to the paybacks. So maybe paybacks are a little longer from a federal perspective. However, what's interesting is keep looking at those state and local incentives and then look at those utility partners that are trying to decarbonize their emissions. If you're in the New York area, they're trying to get off a steam and more electrified. I'm sure Chicago is the same way. That's an area where our local sales force knows those regulations, and that's where they bring the power to the customer.
I would also add that there's a little bit of a misnomer here, like you think about a traditional system in the Commercial space. A traditional system is 2 different systems, one for heating and one for cooling. And what we're talking about when you talk about decarbonization is this one system for heating and cooling. So the payback is there. In fact, today, you heat with a system, typically using fossil fuels, you cool with the system and you're wasting heat. So this is using the free heat that you're creating to heat the building. So this is -- the payback is there. We're seeing very competitive paybacks for our customers from that standpoint. That's the mindset change there.
Yes, it could well be under 3 years in terms of a payback. So from a regulatory perspective, not as much of a change. It's still a very strong payback and there isn't the trade-off between -- if you want something energy efficient, you're going to ultimately wind up having a higher cost. Over the life, that payback is very, very strong.
We managed to make it 27 minutes without talking about Residential. So maybe just as you kind of step back and you think about the residential business, what, in your opinion, has kind of been the root cause for the pullback this year in kind of the Residential activity? And how do you kind of think about that business from a longer-term perspective?
Well, I'll start. I mean, you really have to look at Residential. There were 3 factors this year for the market. One is a refrigerant change. And what that refrigerant change caused was a prebuy. And so in fact, you could probably argue there was 2 prebuys in the marketplace. One was for refrigerants and maybe the second was for tariffs. And so that was one factor.
The second factor is canister shortage. None of us predicted that with the refrigerant change, there would have been a canister shortage for the installation of the equipment. And so in the spring, our -- the dealers that do the contractors that do the installations couldn't get refrigerant to do the installations. So that was a problem. And the third is the heating -- or the cooling season was shorter than what we had expected. And so those were the 3 factors. And of those, 2 we know won't repeat in next year, but that caused a lot of problems for the entire industry in the first -- really in the second half of the year.
We don't see that it structurally changed, Tim. I mean we see it as over the long term, a GDP plus business. And we'll see what -- we expect some inventory needs to come out of the channel between the end of the third quarter and the fourth quarter. We've got very good insight with our independent wholesale distributors in terms of the inventory levels they have and the inventory levels they'd like to achieve. So we factor that into our guidance from our earnings from a few weeks back. And we'll see what they're able to achieve over the next few months and the end of the year, and then that will set up for 2026. But structurally, we don't see a change here in the industry.
Yes. So from your perspective, it sounds a lot more cyclical than some sort of new baseline for replacement that's somehow kind of entering the market?
Yes. I mean for us, we're about 80% replacement market in Residential. And just to step back, Residential represents about 15% of our enterprise revenues. It's over time, gotten a bit smaller just given the strength of the Commercial HVAC business. But structurally, we don't see a big change there over the long term.
Okay. Great. And then just the last one on just M&A really quickly. Any areas of focus? I mean a lot of what -- you guys have a great balance sheet and really strong free cash flow. Any -- you've done BrainBox, you've done some other kind of smaller kind of channel type acquisitions. Anything that you're kind of particularly focused on heading into next year?
Yes, maybe under the radar, but we've done about 25 acquisitions since Trane Technologies was launched in 2020, a lot around early-stage technology, some channel. We're doing some acquisitions in Europe as well around the transport channel. It's actually impacting the margins in the short term, but these will be great outcomes as to drive share growth in each of those areas where we're buying back channel.
But look, as a big HVACR player, we get to see pretty much everything that comes across the marketplace and where we think we can inflect in terms of margin expansion and market share growth and ultimately, good returns for shareholders, we'll remain disciplined there. But we like taking those early-stage technology applications and scaling it with the direct sales force. And some of those examples like a BrainBox and Donny has got great examples in the Americas that can be scaled globally as well.
Great. We're out of time. So please join me in thanking Trane for being here.
Thank you, Tim. Appreciate it.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Baird 55th Annual Global Industrial Conference
Trane Technologies — Baird 55th Annual Global Industrial Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Trane erwartet für 2025 ein starkes Jahr: Guidance 6% organisches Umsatzwachstum, 7% reported, EPS +15–16% und hohe Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Konversion. Backlog Ende Q3: $7,2 Mrd., >90% Commercial HVAC; Service macht ~1/3 des Umsatzes und liefert wiederkehrende, margenstarke Erträge.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Commercial HVAC: Fokus auf Applied Systems mit Ausbau der Kapazität; Diversifikation über 14 Verticals — nicht nur Data Center.
- Service & Ausbildung: Service‑Geschäft wächst im niedrigen bis mittleren zweistelligen Bereich; zwei Trainingszentren und ~6.000 Techniker verbessern Qualität und Skalierbarkeit.
- Digital & M&A: BrainBox‑Übernahme bringt 65.000 vernetzte Gebäude; SaaS‑Ansatz mit nachgewiesenen Energieeinsparungen; gezielte Zukäufe für Technologie und Kanalrückkauf.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Guidance: Management bestätigte 2025‑Ziele (6% organisch, EPS +15–16%); keine konkrete 2026‑Guidance, aber positive Sicht wegen Backlog.
- Backlog & Tech: $7,2 Mrd. Backlog (überwiegend Commercial); BrainBox‑Piloten zeigen häufig 15–40% Energieeinsparungen, erste Fälle >30%.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Wachstum 2026: Nachfrage nach Treibern und Risiken — Management nennt Backlog‑Conversion, Unitary‑Markt und zyklische Erholung in Residential/Thermo King.
- Vertikale Nachfrage: Nachfrage breiter als Data Center: Class‑A Office, Higher Education, Health Care wachsen; Retail und Life Sciences schwächen.
- Residential & Transport: Residential‑Rückgang durch Kältemittel‑Prebuys, Canister‑Engpässe und kürzere Saison; Thermo King auf 15‑Jahres‑Tief, Erholung voraussichtlich H2.
- Monetarisierung: BrainBox wird als SaaS verkauft; Energieeinsparungen sind Verkaufsargument, ESCO‑Garantien möglich, meist kontraktbasierte Skalierung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Positives Investmentprofil: starkes Commercial‑HVAC‑Backlog, wachsender Service‑ und SaaS‑Anteil sowie disziplinäres M&A. Kurzfristige Risiken bleiben in Residential und Transport; Anleger sollten Backlog‑Conversion, Margenentwicklung und BrainBox‑Skalierung beobachten.
Trane Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning. My name is Carrie, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Trane Technologies Q3 2025 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. I will now turn the call over to Zac Nagle, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and thank you for joining us for Trane Technologies' Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. This call is being webcast on our website at tranetechnologies.com we will find the accompanying presentation. We are also recording and archiving this call on our website. Please go to Slide 2.
Statements made in today's call that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of federal securities law. Please see our SEC filings for a description of some of the factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from anticipated results. This presentation also includes non-GAAP measures, which are explained in the financial tables attached to our news release.
Joining me on today's call are David Regnery, Chair and CEO; and Chris Kuehn, Executive Vice President and CFO. With that, I'll turn the call over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Zac, and everyone, for joining today's call. Please turn to Slide #3.
I'd like to open the call with a few thoughts on our purpose-driven strategy that fuels our strong performance over time. The demand for sustainable resilient infrastructure has never been greater. That's especially true here in the U.S., where the AI revolution and reshoring of industry are transforming how businesses operate at an unprecedented pace.
Trane Technologies is at the heart of this evolution, helping customers reimagine their operations for greater performance and sustainability. Our high-efficiency solutions help our customers save energy and reduce operational costs. We're proving that there is no trade-off. That's good for the environment, is good for the bottom line.
As we look ahead, our innovation and expertise continue to set us apart. With our elevated backlog, robust customer demand and strong financial performance we are well positioned to continue to deliver long-term value to our employees, customers, shareholders and the planet. Please turn to Slide #4.
Q3 was another strong quarter marked by record quarterly bookings of $6 billion, representing organic growth of 13% year-over-year. We delivered 170 basis points of adjusted operating margin expansion, 15% adjusted EPS growth and robust free cash flow.
Our global commercial HVAC businesses delivered outstanding performance. This was particularly true in the Americas where commercial HVAC bookings reached an all-time high, surging 30% year-over-year, with applied bookings more than doubling. The strength of our commercial HVAC business is further underscored by our Q3 ending backlog of $7.2 billion. However, this total backlog figure does not tell the whole story.
Compared to year-end 2024, our Americas and EMEA commercial HVAC backlog has grown substantially, increasing by over $800 million or approximately 15%. Excluding residential, revenue growth remains robust, up approximately 10% in the third quarter. We are well positioned for growth in 2026, given strong execution through our business operating system and our rapidly expanding pipeline of projects in data centers and core verticals.
Our leading innovation and direct sales force provide us with distinct competitive advantages. Our services business, which constitutes approximately 1/3 of our total enterprise revenues remains a durable and consistent growth driver, up low double digits year-to-date and boasting a low-teens compound annual growth rate since 2020. Our guidance reflects the impact discussed during our September update, which Chris will elaborate on shortly.
Please turn to Slide #5. As discussed in our Americas segment, commercial HVAC continues to deliver standout performance. The team achieved its third consecutive quarter of record-breaking bookings with approximately 30% growth. We are winning in both core vertical markets and high-growth verticals such as data centers. In high-growth verticals, customers demand innovative, highly engineered solutions tailored to their specific requirements. They need customer-focused partners with the expertise and capacity to grow alongside them, which plays to our strengths.
Our direct sales strategy enables us to capture a significant share of these opportunities and consistently outgrow our end markets. This is demonstrated by our Applied Solutions bookings growth of over 100% in the third quarter. Commercial and HVAC revenue growth was also robust, increasing by low teens in equipment and low double digits in services. Our consistent market outgrowth compounds revenues year after year for perspective. In the third quarter, our applied revenue growth on a 3-year stack was up more than 125%.
Turning to residential. Bookings and revenues declined approximately 30% and 20%, respectively, consistent with the update we provided in September. In Americas, transport refrigeration, bookings were up low teens, while revenues were flat despite end markets being down over 25%, we continue to outperform.
Commercial HVAC strength was not limited to the Americas. In EMEA, commercial HVAC bookings increased by high teens, while revenues grew by mid-single digits, consistent with our expectations. EMEA transport bookings rose by high single digits, while revenues declined by low single digits, outperforming end markets, which were down mid-single digits.
In Asia Pacific, Commercial HVAC bookings were up mid-30s, while revenues grew low teens in the quarter. Growth was strongest in China, rebounding from the anniversary of our credit tightening policy in the prior year. The rest of Asia delivered solid performance. Now I'd like to turn the call over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #6. Dave covered many key points from this slide earlier, so I'll keep my comments brief. Our organic revenue growth of 4% aligns with our September update, where we shared our expectations for a $100 million revenue shortfall from our July guidance related to softer residential markets.
Despite the challenging residential markets, we achieved strong margin expansion and EPS growth, driven by robust growth in our commercial HVAC and services businesses, strong productivity levels, and prudent cost controls implemented early in the third quarter.
Please turn to Slide #7. In the Americas, we delivered 4% organic revenue growth, driven by strong volume growth in our commercial HVAC business and positive price realization, offset by a significant volume decline in our residential business. Adjusted EBITDA margins rose by 90 basis points to over 23%, supported by strong productivity and prudent cost management.
We also sustained high levels of business reinvestment. In EMEA, we delivered 3% organic revenue growth, primarily from volume growth in our commercial HVAC and transport businesses. Adjusted EBITDA margins declined by 60 basis points as expected, mainly due to year 1 M&A-related integration costs and improved sequentially from the second quarter.
We have intensified channel investments and M&A this year to support growth and future opportunities, which are impacting near-term margins but strengthening our business for the long term. We also maintained high levels of business reinvestment. In Asia Pacific, organic revenue increased 9% due to strong volume growth and price realization. Adjusted EBITDA margins improved by 230 basis points, driven by strong volume growth in China and productivity across the segment. We also sustained high levels of business reinvestment. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #8. 2025 is unfolding as expected for most of our businesses with the residential market slowdown being the most significant change impacting our outlook. Our commercial HVAC businesses globally are performing well, meeting or exceeding our expectations for the full year. Our Americas Commercial HVAC business is executing at a very high level, significantly outperforming end markets.
As mentioned earlier, both bookings and revenues are compounding at a high rate. especially in Applied Solutions. Our Americas commercial HVAC results are remarkably consistent with 3-year stack revenue growth of approximately 50% achieved in Q1 through Q3 of 2025 and expected for Q4 as well. Our residential business outlook remains unchanged from our September update with Q3 and expectations for Q4 revenue to be down approximately 20% each. Compared to our July guidance, the combined revenue impact is a reduction of approximately $250 million, with $100 million in Q3 and $150 million in Q4 as channel inventory continues to normalize.
Turning to the Americas transport market. As forecast for 2025 has softened incrementally with the fourth quarter taking the brunt of the impact now down more than 30%. Despite this, we expect to outperform in Q4, with revenues expected to be down approximately 10%. Our outlook for EMEA and Asia remain unchanged. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #9. Our revised guidance anticipates approximately 6% organic revenue growth for the year, factoring in headwinds from the residential and Transport Americas markets, as Dave mentioned earlier. In addition, our Commercial HVAC Americas business saw the timing of some customer desire delivery dates move from Q4 into 2026. Altogether, the total impact of these headwinds is approximately 2 percentage points on 2025 revenue growth.
Our 2025 adjusted EPS guidance range is now $12.95 to $13.05 and up 15% to 16% year-over-year and incorporates the Q4 revenue headwinds previously discussed. We expect organic leverage of 30% plus in 2025 and believe we're on pace for another year of 100% or greater free cash flow conversion. For the fourth quarter, we expect approximately 3% organic revenue growth, driven by continued strong commercial HVAC growth.
Excluding residential, organic revenue growth is expected to remain robust at approximately 7%. We're targeting organic leverage of approximately 30% in the fourth quarter which includes strong business reinvestments for future market outgrowth. Consistent with our full year adjusted EPS guidance, we expect Q4 adjusted EPS to be in the range of $2.75 to $2.85. For additional details related to our guidance, please refer to Slide #17.
Please turn to Slide #10. We remain committed to our balanced capital allocation strategy focused on deploying excess cash to maximize shareholder returns. First, we strengthened our core business through relentless reinvestment. Second, we maintain a strong balance sheet to ensure optionality as markets evolve. Third, we expect to deploy 100% of excess cash over time. Our approach includes strategic M&A to enhance long-term returns and share repurchases when the stock trades below our calculated intrinsic value.
Please turn to Slide #11. Year-to-date through October, we've deployed or committed approximately $2.4 billion through our balanced capital allocation strategy, including approximately $80 million to dividends, $160 million to M&A, $1.25 billion to share repurchases and $150 million to debt retirement. These figures exclude $260 million from M&A and $100 million from share repurchases made early in the year, which were included in our fiscal year 2024 capital deployment targets as discussed during our fourth quarter earnings call.
We have approximately $5 billion remaining under our share repurchase authorization, providing us with significant share repurchase optionality. Our M&A pipeline remains active, and we will continue to be disciplined in our approach. Overall, our strong free cash flow, liquidity, balance sheet and substantial share repurchase authorization offer excellent capital allocation optionality as we move forward. Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #13. The Americas transport refrigeration markets have been dynamic but the long-term outlook remains strong. [ ACT ] projects the trailer market to bottom in the first half of 2026 improved in the second half and grow over 20% for the full year.
In 2027, [ ACT ] anticipates another significant increase with growth exceeding 40%. We are navigating the down cycle effectively in outperforming end markets. We continue to invest heavily in innovation and look forward to adding another growth driver to our portfolio when the market strengthens.
Turning to Slide #14. We expect to provide 2026 guidance during our fourth quarter earnings call, but I'll discuss our early views based on current insights. We expect continued strong growth in our commercial HVAC businesses, which make up 70% of our total revenues. Our world-class direct sales and service teams give us a competitive edge, allowing us to pivot quickly across vertical markets to capture growth opportunities.
With the broadest and most innovative portfolio in the industry, we are relentlessly reinvesting to support a rapidly growing pipeline of opportunities. Our proven track record of compounding bookings and revenue growth, especially in high-growth verticals like data centers, underscores our strength as a leading climate innovator. Our commercial HVAC backlog is not only elevated but growing, up more than $800 million from year-end 2024, positioning us well for continued strong growth in 2026 and beyond.
In residential, which represents about 15% of our revenues, we believe over the long term that the industry remains fundamentally healthy with a GDP plus framework. We expect 2026 to be a tale of 2 halves. A challenging first half due to tough comps, followed by improvement in the second half against easier comps.
In our Americas transport business, accounting for about 7% of our revenues, we also foresee a tale of 2 halves, with soft markets in the first half and recovery in the second. While the recovery slope may vary, we are aligned with freight markets recovering in the second half of 2026. Our focus on innovation yields healthy pricing opportunities and our business operating system is prime to stay ahead of tariff and inflationary pressures.
Our services business comprising about 1/3 of our enterprise revenues is a key driver underpinning our growth in 2026 and years to come. We have a proven track record of driving strong services growth. We see continued growth opportunities across our portfolio, particularly in commercial HVAC, where our large and growing installed base and increasing mix of applied solutions carry a strong higher margin services tail. Additionally, our rapidly growing connected services portfolio is seeing increased demand for digital performance optimization and demand side management for our Energy Services business excels. Overall, we are excited about the opportunities for continued growth in 2026.
Please turn to Slide #15. In closing, our leading innovation, elevated backlog and strong customer demand position us for strong performance in 2026 and beyond. Our uplift in culture continues to attract the best talent, powering our innovation. Our solutions offer strong returns to customers and also contribute to a sustainable world. This drives our consistent track record of performance and positions us to deliver differentiated value for shareholders over the long term. And now we'd be happy to take your questions. Operator?
[Operator Instructions]. Your first question will come from Chris Snyder with Morgan Stanley.
2. Question Answer
I wanted to ask about Americas margins. You guys put up a 40% incremental almost in Q2. Q3 was like $50 despite negative mix away from resi. So I guess kind of my question is really on the service margins. As the company adds technology and fixed assets to the service or aftermarket business, is there an opportunity for service incremental margins to improve versus history because it feels like we're effectively kind of replacing more variable human costs with more static fixed costs, whether it be technology or something else? Any thoughts there would be helpful.
Chris, this is Chris first, and then Dave may jump in. So very happy with the Americas margin performance in the third quarter. We operating income margins were nearly 22%, up 120 basis points on a year-over-year basis. And when you think about service, we've described service margins to be higher than the segment average.
They're higher than equipment margins. And we continue to invest strongly in that space across front-end tools, service technicians, sales account managers. And I think we like the path that those margins should be on going forward. There's absolutely an opportunity for those margins to expand.
Yes. And the only thing I would add, Chris, we're also investing heavily in our training organization. And we just opened a new training center here in North Carolina. And it's just we want to make sure our techs have the best tools in front of them in front of our customers. We want them to be the smartest as they can be. And all of our connected solutions, our training, it all adds up to technicians that are more productive. And by the way, our service business is growing at a very nice rate as a result of that.
Appreciate that. And then maybe going over to orders, applied plus 100%, obviously, a pretty massive number and I know you can't continue to grow orders 100%, obviously. But is there -- anything in that feels one timing, that's worth calling out. It does seem like the pipeline, I think you referred to it as rapidly growing. So it still feels like there's a lot of opportunity out there. But any kind of comment on that applied number? And anything at the end market level would be helpful.
A good question. Obviously, we're very strong in all of our verticals. Data center certainly had a lot of growth. We did see several large orders in the third quarter. You could think of a large order as over $100 million. I guess my framework has changed there.
But yes, so we have had several large orders. I'll just remind you that data center orders can be more uneven -- so you may see them 1 quarter or not another. But look, the pipeline of activity, it is what it's really encouraging. And it's -- I had the opportunity -- I was walking to a meeting yesterday on campus, and I ran into 1 of our chiller portfolio managers and this individual stopped me for what I thought was going to be 2 minutes. It ended up being 15 minutes about tell me about all the robust demand that they're seeing in the pipeline, the orders we're receiving, the innovation that's going to be coming out or is out now. So look, there's a lot of momentum out there right now. And I would tell you that Trane Technologies is doing a great job of capturing more than our fair share of that momentum.
Your next question will come from Andy Kaplowitz with Citigroup.
David, Chris, you grew revenue low teens in Americas Commercial HVAC equipment and in Q3. But is there any reason why your growth there wouldn't follow the reacceleration in Americas commercial HVAC bookings that you've seen lately and set you up actually for as good or stronger commercial HVAC organic revenue growth in '26 versus '25? And is the reacceleration in bookings, I mean, you talked about large projects. How are other verticals doing besides data centers?
Andy, I'll start. Look, the Commercial HVAC Americas business has had a great year, and it's going to continue to perform strongly in the future. When you think about our full year guide for that business, we're expecting revenues to be up low double digits this year. Q4 will be up around 10%. And when you think on a 3-year stack for that business, it's consistent every quarter this year, a 3-year stack of 50% revenues for our commercial HVAC business.
So certainly, the backlog and the order rates continue to give us more confidence on growth into the future. And as you know, services really underpins that business as well. It's about 1/3 of the enterprise revenues. It's roughly half of the commercial HVAC and the Americas revenues and that will -- we see that being a tailwind for many years to come as well.
So we'll dial in 2026 when we are on our next earnings call but we're expecting this business to continue to have strong growth going forward.
Yes. And the only thing I would add on the verticals, Andy, certainly very strong in data centers. Health care was also strong. Higher ed was strong, government was strong. We'll see how that goes with the government shutdown. But right now, government was strong. And we also saw some strength in office, which was good to see. So overall, pretty balanced strength that we're seeing out there in our core verticals as well as the high-growth for.
Great. And then you didn't change your incremental revenue impact on resi HVAC in Q4 that you told us about in September. But can you give us more color on what you're seeing in your channel. There's obviously the data out there as to when and resi will be right size. I know you already talked about relatively weak [ one ] first half of '26, mainly due to tough comps. But do you think inventories could get in balance by the end of the year? How do you think about that?
Yes. I mean we're hopeful it gets rebalanced. I mean 2025 was such an odd year for residential, really, you had -- it started with a prebuy. You could argue that maybe was 2 prebuys with maybe a little bit pre-tariffs. But -- and then you had this refrigerant change that didn't go very well because of the canister issue that was well publicized. And then you had a really short summer across the U.S.
So those 3 factors are kind of anomalies that we look at in the resi space. Obviously, that caused a bit of inventory in the channel that needs to be burned down. And our plan is, hopefully, it's burned down by the end of the -- at least by the end of the year, if not, it will certainly be burned down by the first quarter. But we'll give you an update on that, Andy, when we present our fourth quarter earnings.
Your next question will come from Julian Mitchell with Barclays.
Maybe I just wanted to understand a little bit the operating leverage guidance change. So you've moved to sort of 30% plus there on the organic front, it's a bit higher than before, and that's even with the revenue organic guide being lowered a touch overall.
So maybe help us understand sort of why is that operating leverage moving up? Does it reflect kind of exceptional cost control that may have to unwind a bit next year? Or is it more to do with something in the sort of shape of the business, particularly in commercial HVAC, that's giving you that more structural entitlement to higher incrementals?
Julian, it's Chris. Yes, look, I think it's -- first off, we manage all parts of the P&L. And when I step back and I see the volume growth in commercial HVAC, we're getting strong leverage on that volume growth. You're right. There's headwinds in the business we've described in residential and transport.
And in the fourth quarter, some revenue shifting out to next year in commercial HVAC. But we're really offsetting nearly all of these headwinds on an EPS basis really because we're managing all parts of the P&L. Multiple areas there. I mentioned volumes. There is a strong cost management. Think of us as leveraging our scenario plans and our business operating system, where we -- beginning part of the third quarter when we saw the lower volumes in residential.
We made sure that we were managing all parts of our cost. It's a combination of discretionary cost control as well as some structural cost takeout, and you expect that from [ a lean ] operator. What we didn't do, we haven't cut investments. So we're preserving investments and there's a number of investments we had planned for the fourth quarter, and Dave was very clear, and I, we're not cutting those investments.
We're moving forward with those because they set us up for future growth. So I'd look at the cost management, strong volumes in commercial as well as making sure that we're preserving investments.
Yes. The only thing I would add is on the scenario planning, what we do really, really well is it's not just what you -- it's what you will not cut and we spend a lot of time on that. And that's why, as Chris said, we're continuing to reinvest in all of our businesses. And we have projects out there that we know are so important for our future, that those are all ring-fenced.
So we make sure that we -- those are things that we will not cut because they're about our future. So we do -- the teams do a great job there of identifying those and making sure that we're going to be not only ready for a particular quarter, but really well into the future.
That's great to hear. And then just my follow-up would be around pricing. Maybe just give us any color as to the price contribution to firm-wide revenues in the third quarter. And within those resi Americas market, specifically, what's your comfort level that price discipline can hold up as this inventory destock plays out?
Julian, price for the quarter was a bit above 3 percentage points. We've been tracking around 3 percentage points in the first half of the year. And from a full year guide perspective, think of the 6% organic revenue growth is roughly 3% price, 3% volume.
I'd say we just continue to manage all the inflationary inputs well and ensuring that we've got a positive spread over price versus cost. In residential, it's really about a volume story there. We're obviously shifting into very much this year into 454B with a price/mix contribution. There'll be a little bit of carryover going into next year, but we're also just making sure we're staying ahead of a very dynamic environment in terms of cost inputs and remaining nimble. So we'll continue to do that.
Yes. And under resi, the industry has remained disciplined, Julian.
Your next question will come from Amit Mehrotra with UBS.
Chris I wanted to ask an I wanted to ask about organic growth between the applied equipment and light commercial. I know together, those grew low teens. Hoping you can give us a little bit more color on just the applied equipment side. And just given where the backlog and orders are for the equipment, obviously, the sustainable growth opportunity in service. Those 2 are kind of 50% of the business, do you think growth can be maintained at the current levels, accelerate, decelerate because you have large numbers? What should be the right expectation prospectively for those growth rates for those 2 particular parts of the business?
Yes. Look, applied was very strong, okay? Very strong. Unitary was positive. I guess that's a good news, but it was -- it has not been a big contributor this year to our growth. We'll see how it plays out next year. As far as services goes, look, our service business is very consistent. And we continue to put up nice growth rates there.
We have -- if you go back to 2020, our compound annual growth rate, as I said in my prepared remarks, is -- it's in the low teens, which is very, very strong. And by the way, that doesn't happen by accident, okay? We have a very detailed operating system around our service business that allows us to do that. And if you think about all what's happening with our Applied Solutions and the installed base continuing to grow, look, the future is very, very bright for our service business.
Okay. And just as a follow-up maybe for Chris, the company, you guys have this framework for top quartile revenue earnings growth kind of year in, year out. I interpret that to mean kind of high single-digit revenue growth, maybe low to mid-teens EPS growth.
Obviously, you're achieving that this year, which is incredible in the context of what's happening in the residential market. But just given kind of where the commercial HVAC business order momentum is hopefully, resi is better next year than it is this year, obviously, should be. Should we see an accelerating revenue and earnings algorithm next year? I would assume that would be the case just given the headwinds you're facing this year.
Yes. I mean, look, I think the future is bright. We'll update investors in about 3 months on our next earnings call. But we do go into each and every year thinking about how we're going to plan for top quartile, top line growth, EPS growth, and let's not forget about free cash flow conversion with a 4-year average well over 100%. I think -- we're one of the leaders in that space of converting that earnings to free cash flow.
But with down markets in residential and transport, we know the first half of 2026 is going to have some tough comps or a tough start to the year, okay, and to -- off of tough comps. Let's see how the full year looks like. We'll update you in a few more months. Things are dynamic. But certainly, the growth of commercial HVAC and over 90% of that backlog is for commercial HVAC, of which the vast majority of that is applied systems, gives us a lot of confidence that we'll see strong growth in that business next year.
Your next question will come from Scott Davis with Melius Research.
Those applied bookings were big numbers. Is that -- is there any of that, that's leaking into '27? So is that -- I know the industry standard used to be kind of 1-year max lead time. Is it now leaking out a little longer than 1 year, just given how strong demand is?
Not really. I mean it was -- I think there might be just a little bit in '27. Most of it's going to ship in the next 15 months. That's subject to change, [indiscernible] time to time we're seeing.
Yes. In the backlog, in terms of some of the large orders, customers give us insight on what they're going to place, but we won't put it into the backlog until there's a signed PO. So there are slots, let's say, that we're expecting to be filled for 2027, but that will convert to orders here starting in the fourth quarter into 2026.
Yes. And to add, the pipeline of activity, I know we had very strong, and I'm proud of what the team is at the third quarter. Our pipeline of activity is extremely robust right now.
Yes. Clearly. Yes. So guys, I just wanted to switch gears a little bit. You put out a press release 2 days ago on this thermal management system, the reference design for [ Navidea]. What's new in that design. It looked like to me almost implied that you guys are making the [ CDU ] and kind of doing kind of the A to Z. Just kind of maybe talk about what's new in that design or the importance of it.
If I told you I wouldn't be able to talk to you anymore. No -- we'll work with [ video], they're a leader, obviously, in the chip side of things, and we're helping basically, as a leader in that vertical, and I've been saying for a long time, we're a leader in the data center vertical.
We're working with all influencers, whether it be hyperscalers or whether it be great companies like [ Nvidia ] that we're working with. And it's really about our very technical engineers working with their technical engineers and coming up with solutions that in some cases, we didn't think were possible just a very short period time ago. So more to come on that. We're excited about working with [ Navidea].
We've been working with them for a while, and we think there's a lot of opportunities. And the innovation that we're seeing in the data center vertical is moving very, very fast and we're there moving with it. I would also tell you that a lot of this innovation, as we develop, we're pulling back into our core markets as well. So it's additive. We like being challenged. We like sitting at the table. We like them in our labs, showing them what we can do and when smart people challenge each other, usually have great outcomes.
Your next question will come from Tommy Moll with Stephens.
Wanted to ask about EMEA margins, which we haven't covered in enough detail yet, just given some of the comments you made there about recent investments that have pressured those margin percentages a bit. What's the time line look like there? Or when -- assuming continued top line progression, you could start to see some positive margin dynamic?
Yes, Tommy. Look, the third quarter for our commercial HVAC business in EMEA came in really as expected. For our second half guide, we knew that the revenue growth will be stronger in the fourth quarter than the third quarter, really based on the timing of when customers want their products. We also expected sequential margin improvement throughout the year, and we saw that also in the third quarter versus the second quarter.
Some of that for their segment is really around some recent M&A that we've completed, both in the transport channel in the commercial HVAC channel. That just on day 1 had lower margins than the segment average. So we'll work through that throughout the year. But those M&A transactions are very important to give us more opportunities for growth in the markets that they serve. So we're excited about that.
The region has continued to invest on its front end and sales and service portfolio. I think that's largely anniversaried at this point as we go into the fourth quarter, but we would expect those margins to continue to grow and accelerate into 2026.
And if we zoom out and look at consolidated margins, specifically next year? Obviously, you're not going to guide today, but are there any variances to your typical planning cycle around the mid-20s conversion that are worth pointing out. And even if it's just a seasonal comment, obviously, there are a couple of factors that weigh on the first half and then flip to tailwinds in the second half. So perhaps you can give some context around that.
Nothing to call out specifically. I mean you called out our long-term framework at 25% or better incrementals. And we would go into any planning year thinking along that guidance. The pipelines Dave's talked about in terms of orders and bookings the pipelines for our investments in the company remains very, very strong. So for us, it's always been about how to pull them ahead to drive growth even faster.
So we'll manage the 2 of them as we think about 2026. I appreciate your comment on first half. I do think for our transport market in the Americas and for residential, those will be tougher first halves in 2026 with expected growth in the second half and we'll put it all together, and the goal would be, let's drive to top quartile financial performance again. But we'll update everyone in a few months.
Your next question will come from Joe Ritchie with Goldman Sachs.
I wanted to just focus my questions just on the data center opportunity and what you're seeing today. So if you think about kind of like the nature of the projects that you're winning I'm curious whether that's like the nature of the projects have changed. So we're speaking about specifically. Like are you starting to see like more modular type data centers getting built by the hyperscalers because the time to market is really important? Just anything else you can tell us around the opportunities that you're booking would be helpful.
Yes. I mean -- but we've seen that for a while, okay? I mean, the amount of stick build that you can reduce on a job site is obviously advantageous because it ensures a smoother build process. So that's been happening in the data center space for a while. And we're obviously -- you could see all of our [indiscernible] being installed there. So we're part of that process.
So I wouldn't say it's a change. But obviously, I think -- it's a great question, though, because I know we're talking about data centers here, but if you think about other labor constraints and other verticals, that whole modular or less labor required on a job site is certainly something that will trend in the future.
Yes. That makes sense, sorry. But -- that makes sense. And then, I guess, Dave, just kind of thing going back to Scott's question just around lead times, right? You have certain parts of the of the value chain that are out like I think turbines are out like 3 to 4 years in terms of when they can get delivered.
And given that your lead times right now are really kind of 12 to 18 months, I mean it just seems like the opportunity for you, like you've just got a lot of like already based on what we're seeing in the value chain, the opportunity for you guys should be really strong really through the end of the decade. And I don't want to put the cart before the horse here, but -- just how are you thinking about this data center opportunity for you guys?
Well, end of the decade, I like it. Look, I think 12 to 18 months, first of all, that may not be our capacity, maybe what the -- when the data center is just given -- the hyperscale is giving us visibility for planned emphasis, we've actually expanded our capacity.
I had the team doing an analysis 2023, we've expanded our [ chiller ] capacity by 4x. So we've invested a lot there, but we're ready for the growth. And by the way, in some cases, our lead times now have actually contracted to a point where we have quick ship programs again. And that's not for data centers, but that's for core verticals. But it's the momentum we're seeing is great to see. The innovation that we have is driving a lot of that momentum and we are more than ready to make sure that we can meet the demand that's being placed upon us.
Your next question will come from Jeff Sprague with Vertical Research.
I'm doing great. Not quite as good as you, but I can't complain.
You're up in Connecticut. So you must be doing great, right?
Yes. Yes, things are good. My question maybe is a little bit related to sort of where Joe was at. But just thinking about all these large projects, right, things must be slipping back and forth all the time. I don't recall you calling out project slippage in the last couple of years like you are today with this $100 million.
Just wondering, even though your lead times are improving, are we starting to bump up against just the ability for the supply chain, the construction community, whatever put this stuff in the ground at the pace they would like? Or would you just kind of characterize what you pointed out today is just kind of normal noise in shipment patterns?
[indiscernible] normal noise, okay? We haven't said anything that I would say is a trend, but we certainly had several customers ask us to wait until 2026 to ship product, which that happens in our industry. We're obviously never going to ship a product before it's -- a job site is ready for it.
But I think it's just timing and timing sometimes there's positives and sometimes there's negatives. It's just in the fourth quarter. It's probably more negative for us, and we called out the $100 million that's going to push into 2026. But I wouldn't read too much into that. The demand that we're seeing right now is extremely strong, and you see that by our order rates. So I'm not -- normal activity, not concerned about it.
Yes, Jeff, I would add. I just wanted to be transparent and we just kind of called it out because it was something we had our internal plans were stronger than that. And so with that news from those customers, we just want to be transparent in terms of that delta.
Great. And then Chris, a follow-up for you. Maybe this was partially addressed in an earlier question, but the improvement in corporate, the pickup in other, do those continue into 2026? Was there anything unusual there that normalizes? And also just a $0.20 kind of deal-related headwind, I think you still have a headwind next year, but a smaller headwind. So effectively, it's a tailwind in the P&L, right? Can you maybe just elaborate on that?
Yes. Starting in reverse. I think it is a $0.20. The M&A this year is about a $0.20 headwind. Think of that as really the accounting requirements around amortization expense and that's typically heavier in those first few years of an acquisition. There's also integration costs that we've got planned to really drive the synergies that we see in those businesses.
So should be less of a headwind going into 2026. We'll dial that in a few months. You're right, corporate was favorable items below the line were unfavorable. I call out other income, other expense, unfavorable year-over-year. Tax was actually a bit unfavorable in the third quarter. Very confident we'll have tax favor or at 20% for the full year. That means it will be a bit favorable in the fourth quarter versus, say, 20%, Jeff?
But I think, look, lots of investments still that make up our corporate structure, some of the discretionary cost reductions, reduction of, say, open roles. Some of that does impact the corporate line as well. So ultimately, but we'll start on investments. We'll start generally with corporate and then move into the segments as we see benefits. But I wouldn't read too much into it this year, but we'll dial it in, in a few months.
Your next question will come from Andrew Obin with Bank of America.
It sounds like you're busy with the phones, right?
Yes, I know, right. Yes. Just a question about institutional business. What's the visibility like into '26? It seems that unit bond market is getting better, and it seems that funding for schools and hospitals is getting better. So does this mean that this business could accelerate into next year? Or where is the base in '25 because we haven't spoken about it this business for a while?
Yes. I think if you look across our pipeline, like we have a lot of strength in all of our verticals. So I think it's a great question. And right now, I mean -- I've been in this industry a long time. And I would tell you that I'm not seeing pipelines as strong as I see right now, probably ever in my career.
So we're very bullish on the momentum, especially in our commercial HVAC team and really in EMEA as well that they have a lot of opportunities in front of them.
But the question is specifically about institutional. So you haven't seen institutional slowdown this year, right, for you?
Well, health care was very strong. Education remains strong, especially on the higher ed side of things. No, we have not. The only thing that we've seen, at least in the third quarter may be a bit slower, and it's always difficult to say a quarter makes a trend, but retail was slow. Industrial slow, life sciences, I don't like to pick on life sciences, but that continues to be a little bit of a COVID hangover over there, I think. And -- but that -- the rest of our markets were pretty strong.
And just a follow-up question on data centers. Do you need to build extra sort of muscle to service because you do have fan wall offerings, you have [ cross], you have CDs. What does it take to be able to service inside the data center gray space versus sort of serving your chillers that are sort of outside the building? Is there a discernible difference in what you need to do to your service workforce?
Well, it really depends on the data center. And I guess the short answer is, look, we're skilled at servicing all of our products. But a really good question that you kind of reminded me of was this commissioning capability. And this is, again, one of our strengths with the -- with our technicians, we have a lot of resources to make sure that all of these data centers get commissioned on time.
And think of commissioning is when the mechanical contractor says, okay, this particular chiller is ready to go, we go in then and make sure that it's going to operate the way it was designed, call that commissioning and we have a lot of resources that we are able to rifle to any particular data center to make sure that it gets up and running on time. And I can tell you that, that is something that I'm getting asked a lot of questions on about our capacity there, and it's certainly one of our strengths.
Your next question will come from Nicole DeBlase with Deutsche Bank.
Could we maybe talk about the step-up that you guys saw in the EMEA bookings this quarter? Pretty attractive, up 14%. Are you starting the data center orders really come through in a big way yet? Or do you think that's still to come in the pipeline?
We certainly have data center orders in all of our regions, okay, EMEA. I'm trying to recall the third quarter, nothing comes to mind. But look, I would tell you that the data center orders in EMEA are a lot smaller from the size of the data center is a lot smaller than what we're seeing in the in the U.S. So in the U.S., it could be as much as like 1/10 of the size. So we have a lot of orders that are just smaller, okay?
Okay. Got it. That's really helpful color. And then if I could ask one on North America resi. Could you guys comment on was the price mix versus volume in line with what you laid out at the Laguna Conference in September? And then thoughts on annual price increase in 2026 if it will be kind of normal. And if you think that customers are willing to accept it since price is up so much over the past few years?
Nicole, yes, the third quarter and our expectations for the fourth quarter are consistent with the September update. Revenues down about 20%. That would imply volumes down roughly 30%. And then the price mix impact would be favorable around 10 points. And then of the price mix, think of that as roughly 50-50, roughly 5 points plus or minus for each one of those attributes.
For 2026, we're prepared to go into the year. We haven't seen any structural changes within the industry. We'll look at all the cost inputs that we have. We'll look at where we're driving for share. And ultimately, what we look for each of our businesses is to drive strong leverage 25% or better and price versus inflation is one of those levers we'll look at.
So typically, our price increases don't come out until late, let's call it, December, January time frame for the year. So we'll update you in a few months on what that standing is for 2026.
Your next question will come from Noah Kaye with Oppenheimer.
So services has consistently had an attractive margin profile. And I'm curious and perhaps goes a little bit to some of your earlier comments. As you layer in BrainBox and some of the other software offerings into the toolkit, how do you think about sort of a richer software mix impacting where service margins go? How are you implementing that and some of the project management now?
Yes. Great question. Look, we're very -- I'll start with, we're very happy with the BrainBox AI acquisition. Together, think of our Trane connected business now with BrainBox, we have over 65,000 connected buildings, and we're adding about 1 building every hour. And the momentum is increasing. So yes, you're spot on with your question.
This is becoming -- I'm very bullish on the future as far as the connected service opportunities and how you optimize a building using AI. With BrainBox, we're using agentic AI, okay? So this is where the agent is actually making the decision on how to run the building looking at a vast amount of data. So -- and the margins are obviously very accretive when you're able to deploy this type of software.
We had a -- we had a fast food -- it was a convenience store. So think of thousands of locations. And they gave us a pilot. And we implemented, I think it was 50 of their stores and we ran the pilot for 90 days. And the results were just -- they were amazed by it. We were able to save the customer.
It was north of 30% on their energy costs. That was a pilot of 50 stores, but obviously, they're going to now run that through their entire portfolio. So this is going to be a fast grower for us. It's still early innings, but we're excited about the opportunities there. And as you said, when you start doing subscriptions, the margins are accretive.
Great color. And on a similar theme, when you think about what you may want to add into the portfolio, I don't know many basis next year, obviously, continuing to generate strong free cash flow. So there's dry powder there. Should we think about kind of continued sort of software-centric or are there any parts on the product side that are a particular interest?
Yes. I mean I think we're going to be -- we'll keep our options open. We get a chance to look at everything, as I'm sure you know, being a major HVAC player on a global basis. So we'll be opportunistic, but we'll also be disciplined. So I don't know if you want to add anything, Chris, but.
I think the capital deployment framework has served us well for many years, and we'll continue to balance without leaving any excess cash on the balance sheet, we'll make sure we toggle that between M&A that meets our internal goals and something that we can integrate well into the company as well as toggle between, if not M&A, then share repurchases when it trades below our calculate intrinsic value, and we'll continue, I think, that expectation for many years to come.
Your next question will come from Deane Dray with RBC Capital Markets.
I wanted to follow up on your exchange with Nicole on the data center demands by geography. If you just look at where the big build-outs are happening now, like the Middle East, I would be surprised if they are smaller orders. But just -- maybe talk about the visibility by region and expectations from there?
You're spot on in the Middle East, specifically Saudi Arabia, we're seeing larger data centers there. Specific to Europe, they tend to be smaller. But obviously, in the United States, there's some big data centers that are being built. And I would tell you that there's even bigger data centers that are being planned right now.
And how about Asia?
Yes. We see in Asia as well. We're seeing some activity for sure in China, but more outside of China, specifically Singapore, Australia, had some nice orders there. So there's activity there. It's nothing is to the size of what we're seeing in the United States right now. But as you said, in the Middle East, specifically in Saudi Arabia, there's a lot of activity as well.
Yes. We've been hearing all about that. And then just last one. Can you give any comments or updates insights into your investments in some of these liquid cooling start-ups?
Yes. I mean, as you know, we made an investment in liquid stack several years ago. It's going well. We continue to work with their team, and they continue to work with us and we like having partners like that, right? They're innovative, and we teach them, they teach us and 1 plus 1 often equals 3 or 4. So we'll continue to work with those types of innovative companies in the future.
Your next question will come from Steve Tusa with JPMorgan.
Congrats on the execution through a lot of noise out there in these markets, for sure. The backlog for commercial HVAC, you guys gave kind of a bit of a like year-to-date increase, I think, from year-end just requires a little bit of math, but like what would that have been year-over-year for commercial HVAC backlog?
Yes. Year-over-year, enterprise backlog was roughly flattish. But similar to the walk from beginning of this year, Thermo King and residential backlog down about $300 million. Commercial HVAC Americas backlog up nearly $500 million from on a year-over-year basis. So the mix and the mix of that backlog continues to shift more towards commercial HVAC.
Okay. And so that's up like, what, 6%, 7%?
From beginning of the year, it's up --
No, from year-over-year. Year-over-year.
On commercial HVAC, yes, it's probably in that range, probably mid- to high single digits, yes.
Okay. And then just the amount of forward sales kind of in the backlog last year, I think you guys gave an enterprise number of like $4.1 billion or something like that. Where does that stand this year?
Yes. I would just say it's stronger than last year, okay? And obviously, we'll continue to grow that front log for 2026 here into the fourth quarter. Lead times continue to, as we talked earlier, lead times continue to be contracting from last year's time to this year. So Dave mentioned a little bit around quick ship program as an example where we have some opportunities. But the absolute dollars of backlog for next year, they're up, and we'll give you more of an update as we approach the Q4 earnings call, we would expect backlog to remain elevated going into 2026.
Yes. And then just 1 last 1 on resi. Maybe just the difference between your captive distribution and the independent.
For the quarter?
Yes. Yes. For the quarter.
I mean we had sell-through that was down in the high single digits range. Obviously, our resi growth was down about 20%. And I would say the sell-in was a little bit north of that than the 20%, a little bit higher than that.
Your final question will come from Nigel Coe with Wolfe Research.
I appreciate you going a bit further in the game here. [indiscernible] ground. So you know we're scratching around when we talk about corporate, but maybe just talk about what we should do for 4Q corporate. And then I think the M&A impact went up by $0.05. I think we're now looking at $0.05, slightly greater impacting $0.20 as the number for the year. I mean how does that look into 2026? Is that $0.20 go to 0? Or are we still dealing with some dilution there?
Yes, I'll answer the second question first. I don't think the $0.20 necessarily goes to 0. Our framework would be we want to make sure we're EPS positive by the end of year 3. And while we're very happy with the start of the BrainBox acquisition, there's an early-stage company, this is a lot of amortization associated with it.
So let's see what it is next year. I would expect it to be better but wouldn't necessarily think it goes to 0. And then, Nigel, your question on Q4 corporate, the implied number for the quarter is about $80 million. We're making sure we have the dollars reserved for the investments that we want to make in the fourth quarter. So that's how that math works out.
Okay. And then my follow-on, I know services has got a [indiscernible] time on the call. The consistent double-digit growth in services is pretty extraordinary. And I think investors would appreciate if maybe just talk about how the service model has changed, Dave. And what kind of confidence do you have that you can maintain, if not 10%, but high-digit growth going forward?
We're very happy with our growth rates. I'll start there. Look, we continue to invest heavily in our services business. We have a whole business operating system built around it. We track a lot of [indiscernible].
I'm not going to create a road map for our competitors. I would just tell you that it's a big part of our business. It's a competitive advantage that we have, and it doesn't happen by accident, okay? We're investing heavily in it. And you could see the outcomes that we're able to drive. So we're very happy with our services.
There are no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn the call back over to Zac for any closing remarks.
Thanks, operator. I'd like to thank everyone for joining today's call. As always, we'll be available for questions in the coming days and weeks, and we look forward to seeing many of you on the road in the fourth quarter. Have a great day. Thank you.
Thank you for your participation. This does conclude today's conference. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Trane Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Bookings: Rekordquartal mit $6 Mrd., organisches Wachstum +13% Jahr‑über‑Jahr (YoY).
- Umsatz: Organisches Wachstum ~4% (spiegelt Resi‑Schwäche wider).
- Margen: Adjusted Operating Margin um 170 Basispunkte (bps) verbessert; Americas OI‑Marge fast 22% (+120 bps YoY).
- EPS: Adjusted EPS +15% (Ergebnis je Aktie, EPS).
- Backlog: Endbestand $7,2 Mrd., +≈$800 Mio vs. Ende 2024 (~+15%).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Fokus: Starke Orientierung auf Commercial HVAC, besonders Applied Solutions und Data‑Center‑Projekte als Wachstumstreiber.
- Services: Services ≈1/3 des Umsatzes, wachsend mit low‑teens CAGR seit 2020; digitale/connected‑Angebote (z.B. BrainBox) sollen Margen heben.
- Kapitalallokation: Weiterhin Reinvestitionen, disziplinierte M&A‑Pipeline und Rückkäufe, wenn Bewertung unter intrinsischem Wert.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- 2025 Guidance: Erwartetes organisches Umsatzwachstum ~6%; Adjusted EPS $12.95–$13.05 (+15–16% YoY).
- Q4: Organisches Wachstum ~3%; Q4 Adjusted EPS $2.75–$2.85; Ziel organischer Hebel ≈30%+
- Headwinds: Resi‑Markt: Q3/Q4 je ~‑20% Umsatz, kombinierte Auswirkung ≈$250 Mio (‑$100M Q3, ‑$150M Q4); Americas Transport stärker rückläufig (2025 Q4 ≈‑10%).
- Cash: Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Conversion weiterhin ~100% oder mehr.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Service‑Margen: Diskussion über Skaleneffekte durch Technologie/Training; Management sieht weiteres Margenpotenzial durch Produktivitätszuwächse.
- Applied Orders: Starke, aber ungleichmäßige Großaufträge (Data‑Center); Timing‑Effekte können Quarter‑to‑Quarter schwanken, ~$100M Verschiebung in Q4→2026 genannt.
- Residential Channel: Kanal‑Inventar und Destocking im Fokus; Management rechnet mit Normalisierung Ende 2025/Anfang 2026, aber Unsicherheit bleibt.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bewertung: Call zeigt klares Momentum in Commercial HVAC und Services sowie starke Buchungen und Margenexpansion. Kurzfristig dämpfen Resi‑ und Transport‑Headwinds das Umsatzwachstum 2025, doch hoher Backlog, Connect‑Software und gezielte Reinvestitionen positionieren Trane gut für beschleunigtes Wachstum 2026. Anleger sollten Resi‑/Transport‑Entwicklung und M&A‑Effekte (Amortisation ≈$0.20) beobachten.
Trane Technologies — Morgan Stanley’s 13th Annual Laguna Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. Thank you, everybody. Chris Snyder, U.S. multi-industry analyst here at Morgan Stanley. Super excited to have Trane Technologies with me up here today, CEO and Chair, Dave Regnery; CFO, Chris Kuehn. Before we get into the Q&A, Dave is going to share some opening remarks.
Yes. Well, thanks, Chris. We were just talking about what a great place for an investor conference here in Laguna. It's one of my favorite locations to travel to. Unfortunately, I can never stay here long enough. I think I'll be on the ground for about 20 hours this time. So anyways, thanks for coming. Thanks for your interest in Trane Technologies. Earlier in the week, we had the opportunity on Tuesday to ring the opening bell for the stock exchange. And if you ever have had the opportunity to go to one of those events, it's an event. And we're celebrating 5 years as a pure-play Trane Technologies. And -- before I actually rang the bell, we had -- they organized an event that I had the opportunity to talk to about -- it's probably about 150, maybe 200 people, most of them associates, some of them are customers. And I told them I said, where were we 5 years ago? And it sounds like a long time ago and maybe it was, but it goes buying a flash, right? And 5 years ago, where was Trane Technologies? And I said, I'll remind you, right?
We had revenue of $12.5 billion, right? We had a stock price that was a bit under $100. We had a market cap that was $35 billion, and we had 35,000 employees. And roll forward these short 5 years later, where are we today at Trane Technologies? Our revenue this year will be over $21 billion. Our market cap will be over $90 billion, almost 3x. And our stock price is -- I'm not sure what it is today because I'm told I can't look every day, but it's over $400 and undervalued for all your investors. And we have 46,000 employees. So we've had just a tremendous run over the last 5 years. And last year, in our employee engagement survey, which is a proxy for the health of our culture, we had our highest score ever as a company. At Trane Technologies, I always talk about our culture and say it's a diverse, inclusive uplifting culture. We work towards yes, right? We don't want to say no. We don't dwell on a problem. We solve the problem because that's where the growth comes from.
So it's just been a tremendous run over the last 5 years. But I ended my short presentation with, look, as a CEO, I see more opportunities today than I did 5 years ago and look at the growth rate we've been able to establish. We have a compound annual growth rate over the last 5 years on a reported basis of 12%. But what's in front of us is even greater. And that has to do with the cost of energy and the fact that we know that most buildings operate conservatively. The waste 30% of the energy that they pay for. And we know that our solutions can dramatically reduce that. So our solutions have great paybacks. And by the way, they also help our customers reduce their carbon footprint. You want to talk about a winning combination, great paybacks, great for the environment. That's Trane Technologies. And I'm very proud of what we've been able to accomplish, and we then went and rang the bell. And of course, that becomes a whole different set of scenarios.
So anyways, it's great to be here today. It's great to see the success that we've had. But I'm telling you I'm more excited today than I was 5 years ago about all the growth opportunities that we have in front of us. So look, before we get started, I'm going to ask myself the first question because I know just mingling in the crowd here earlier, I know top of mind is, hey, can you talk about your residential business? And look, first of all, we're well aware of what happened in July, right? Very public data, the market was down approximately 30%. We're well aware of that. We're also aware one of our competitors yesterday talked about having a very soft August. We did as well, okay? So let me remind everyone a couple of things. One is, first of all, our residential business is about 15% of the enterprise. 15%, 1-5.
I'll also remind you what we said in the second quarter, right? So the second quarter, we said that we anticipated the third quarter, at least on a dollar basis, I'm only going to talk dollars, not units because it becomes too confusing. On a dollar basis, we thought that the third quarter could be down high single digits. We now believe that number could be down -- could be down up to 20%. For the full year, we said that we thought residential would be flattish. We now are saying that, that could be down, could be down. It could be down high single digits. So that's where we are with our residential business. This obviously will put some pressure on EPS. We don't believe that pressure is material. And we believe that the pressure will be more fourth quarter than third quarter.
I'll ask Chris to give a few comments here in a minute. But one thing I want everyone to be aware of is, yes, the residential business is running into some tough times. And yes, we are managing the business appropriately from a cost standpoint. So we are taking cost out. We have taken some time out of our factory so that we can balance the inventory load within the channel. We're doing all the right things to make sure that we can maximize the opportunities that we have within residential. But one thing I want to make sure everyone is very clear on, what we're not going to do is cut our long-term investments in the business. Trane Technologies is a company that consistently invests for the long term. And just because one of the businesses may be having a tough opportunity in front of them. That doesn't mean you start cutting your investments. So you have my commitment as the CEO that we're not going to be cutting our long-term investments. That does not make sense to Trane Technologies. It's not who we are as a company.
So Chris, I don't know if you want to add anything.
Just a couple of things. Look, we're watching the markets closely. Our view would be is that we'll update you in our third quarter earnings call at that time, what our views are for 2025. We're not updating guidance today. Number one, from a standpoint, we don't think that it's a material change, especially on -- Dave highlighted the -- maybe some pressure on EPS, and we think of that more of a Q4 impact than a Q3 impact. The reason behind that is just the shoulder season in residential. It's just lower volumes in the fourth quarter. So it's just more of a decremental impact in the fourth quarter. But we'll update investors as we normally would on our October call.
Thanks.
Okay. Now let's talk about the 85% of our...
If I could -- maybe if I could start with one on the 15%. When we think about the pressure that's being faced, do you think this is more just a function of inventory in the channel? Like you mentioned AHRI down a lot in July. But if we go back to the back half last year, those were pretty huge growth numbers. Or do you think that there is risk that the amount of price and mix up that's been pushed on the consumer is having a just negative impact on market demand, which could be longer lasting?
Yes. I think it's a mix. I think in our second quarter earnings call, we talked about additional inventory that was in the channel that was still in the channel that needed to come out of the channel, and we gave everyone a dollar amount on that. So there's still inventory that has to come out of the channel. I also think there's other dynamics that are happening. Interest rates are still high. You could see what's happening with new construction. You could see what's happening with existing home sales. All those numbers have an impact. Pricing has been pretty sticky in that business. So I don't know if that's it.
You had a regulatory change on the refrigerant. From an engineering standpoint, that went fine. From a supply of 454B cylinders in the marketplace, that did not go so well. So people lost some confidence there. I think it's a lot of different variables that are causing that. I think structurally, the resi business is fine. It's a great business. It will be a great business well into the future. Look, the 2025 is going to be a difficult year for a lot of different reasons. But at the end of the day, I think we'll move beyond this in 2026.
And Chris, what I'll add is just to help with the math, right, if it were to be down high single digits for the year, that could be about $250 million of revenue on the full year. It's obviously second half. Think of that, it could be $100 million in Q3, about $150 million in Q4. Again, we'll update as we get to that October call, just given these are very short-cycle markets.
Yes. No, I appreciate that. Maybe kind of zooming back out here, Dave, you said a 12% organic CAGR in the last 5 years. Industry data, industrials, it's just kind of bifurcated from everyone. Just kind of high level, why does Trane win? And just on the technology point alongside that, a lot of HVAC OEMs tell us they have the best technology. And from the outside looking in, it's hard for us to know. I look at the growth rates, and that kind of tells me who's winning. But anything you could kind of talk about on the technology side as well?
That's a great thing to look at. Look at what we've demonstrated, right? Look, I think how does Trane Technologies win? I don't think it's one element. I think it's a system of things that allows us to win. And I could point to a number of things. Our direct sales force. I was telling a group earlier today, it's not that hard being a CEO, right? Stay close to the customer, never stop investing in yourself and make sure you pay attention to the culture of your company. If you do those 3 things, you're going to be successful. So we like a direct sales force. We like being close to the customer. We like understanding what their needs are today and tomorrow. We have a service business, 1/3 of the company that's demonstrated double-digit growth for the last 5 years on a compound annual growth rate basis. It's a competitive weapon that we have as Trane Technologies.
It's our business operating system that allows us to take best practices and share them on a global basis. It's the way we innovate our products. You asked about how does Trane Technologies become the innovation leader in the industry. It doesn't happen by accident, right? It's about the consistency of the investments. We're not episodic in how we invest in our business. I'm always amazed when I hear companies say, we're going to double down on the investment. What the heck were you doing before, right? I mean we're very, very consistent in how we invest in our business. And we think of things at a system level, right? We have the broadest portfolio in the industry, the broadest portfolio in the industry. We are agnostic to the product, right? We are. We're thinking about a solution, a system sell to the customer. What are the best set of products to solve your particular issue. That allows us to think a little bit differently.
So yes, people can say they have great innovations. If you look at our results, you're going to see that we not only can say that, but we can demonstrate that with our growth rates. Last year, we introduced 190 new products into the marketplace, 190. When I started at Trane a long time ago, back in the 2010 era, I could remember we had 5 products, new products in our pipeline, 5, right? I knew everything about it. Today, last year, 190. Think about that, a direct sales force selling 190 new products, how you train that sales force. Think of your service business, think of your technicians, how you have to bring them up to speed as to what these new products are, what's that infrastructure look like? That's all part of Trane Technologies, which makes us very successful. And hopefully, everyone sees that in our results.
If we look at commercial HVAC, if we look at you, but even if you look at the broader commercial HVAC industry, it has bifurcated from construction the last couple of years. It has not been a good construction market. It feels like a lot of the momentum is the ROI that you talked about. Is there any color or information on how does the customer payback look today versus maybe 2019?
Yes. I mean it's -- what -- first of all, the paybacks are very attractive, depending on what you're -- I hate to talk about averages because it's always dangerous. It depends what you're replacing. But if you think about at a higher level, just think about what do you think the cost of electricity is going to be tomorrow versus what it is today, right? We see what's happening there. The cost of energy continues to increase. I'm telling you we've done hundreds and thousands of energy audits in buildings. Most buildings operate about 30% or more. It's a very conservative number inefficiently. It's about solving that problem. A lot of times, you'll hear people talk about we need more power on the grid. It needs to be renewable. I get it, and that's all goodness.
Nobody talks about what we call demand-side management, which is how about that power that you're paying for that you're wasting. And that's where the opportunity is in the future and how we're implementing our digital solutions, right? We used to talk about having connected buildings, and I think we were up to 30,000, 40,000. In the Trane -- our business, 60,000 connected buildings, 60,000. We bought BrainBox AI about at the beginning of the year. That's another 20,000. We have 80,000 connected buildings, millions of connected assets, right? When you're connected, you make sure that the asset is performing the way it was designed. Think of it as continuous commissioning. That's the opportunity that's in front of us. And I go to a lot of meetings and everyone will be talking about we need more power on the grid. And they're all correct.
Let's have more people talk about demand side management. Let's have more people talk about the amount of energy that we're paying for that we're wasting. I belong to the World Economic Forum, and I was meeting with them a couple of weeks ago in Davidson, and we were talking about, let's create a consortium of companies around this demand-side management. So everyone can understand this is an opportunity. And oh, by the way, this myth that because something is sustainable, it costs more and there's no payback. It's a myth in our world, right? We have great paybacks. And by the way, we're reducing the carbon footprint for our customers.
Yes. Lower rates and higher electricity prices seem like a good ROI payback math. I guess -- could you -- one thing that I've noticed about Trane is when we see these data center CapEx inflections, it feels like Trane's orders start to bifurcate versus others. In the back half of '23, we saw it. In Q2, you guys saw an order inflection. Clearly, that's a market that values technology. Can you talk about -- is there any products or technologies that are really gaining traction and allowing you guys to win in data center?
Yes. I mean, look, data centers is one of the verticals we play in. It's a very strong vertical. But I would tell you, it's been strong for Trane Technologies for decades. We're more than just data centers. I'm going to talk about data centers, but we're more than just data centers. We track 13 other verticals that we're also very, very strong in that are very, very important to our business. In the data center vertical, I would tell you that technology moves faster there than in any other vertical. And it starts with a direct sales force. It starts with having a relationship. It starts with innovating with your customers. It starts -- we bring our customers, it's not just PowerPoints. We bring them to our labs around the world and our lab infrastructure is fantastic within Trane Technologies.
They love coming in, seeing us demonstrate what's possible and innovating for the future. We have so many innovations that have come from our data center vertical that we now loop back around in many cases and put in our core markets. So look, we've been strong in data centers for a long time. We're going to be very strong in data centers in the future. Our pipeline of opportunities in front of us grows every day. And that's what I look at. I look at our pipeline of opportunities, and I look at how we're closing these orders with our customers. And when you sell a an applied system to a hotel like this -- and by the way, this is a Trane system in this hotel. It's very cool.
We're doing a good job conditioning the space. But there could be a couple of chillers. They wouldn't let me in the mechanical room. I tried to get there earlier, but they won't let me in, but they did tell me it was Trane. But there's probably 2 or 3 chillers down there depending on the tonnage requirements of those particular -- of this application in those chillers. In a data center, you could have 100, right? So the scale is totally different in the data center world.
The company -- I guess moving over to service. You guys have been roughly 10% CAGR there over the last 5 years on service...
Low double digits.
Low double digits.
The -- so obviously, a great growth profile. When we look at all the equipment you've sold, I think that does support the growth outlook. But I wanted to talk about the investments that you're making on that aftermarket side, not only how does it help you support growth, but does it help you guys better maybe leverage some of the sales that are coming through on the service side?
Yes, but I'll let you talk about the investments...
Yes. Look, it's broad based. There's a number of revenue streams that make up services. We don't provide a lot of information on that given we don't want it to make a road map for our competition to go follow or imitate. But I'll start with the service technicians. We're always adding physical service technicians, okay? We've actually got some great programs of bringing more people into that space. We have recruiting our veterans coming out of the American Military. And for technical skills that they've learned while in the military, let's translate that into service technicians and/or residential technicians as they are looking for full-time roles as they end their military service.
We're adding a lot of tools around the digital capabilities. So maybe what's different from 2019, when there's an issue in a building and you're rolling a service technician to the building, they have so much more information today as to what that problem could be and/or can you fix it remotely. So something we certainly invested further in during COVID was having that remote connection, that digital connection. And then maybe back to BrainBox AI, an acquisition we completed earlier this year, we had a partnership with that company for a couple of years.
And it's really a great example of taking an early-stage technology that ultimately can improve the efficiency of a building, anticipating the needs of a building where you could have inefficient outcomes. And so that's the concept of AI is let's avoid that inefficiency by correcting it earlier. That's been a great partnership. And think about early-stage technology, tying that in with our very strong channel, 150-plus sales offices in the U.S. and then think about that opportunity globally. That's where we can get more efficiency on the sales side that drives the service growth.
Yes. One of the investments we made, which we just had a soft launch of yesterday was a new training facility for our service technicians in North Carolina. And this is state-of-the-art training facility. Think about we have about 4,000 technicians in the United States and being able to make sure that they have the latest skills, being to make sure that they're up to speed on all the new products that we're putting out into the marketplace is extremely important. And this is a big investment, but I happened to run into a couple of technicians when I was up ringing the bell in New York because we invited some of the technicians to our little gathering. And they were like, "Hey, have you seen that new training? Yes, I know I sit on that campus." But it's exciting. It's such a great business, the service business. It's -- I always tell people if you're having a bad day, go travel with one of our service techs because I guarantee you'll see -- you'll leave excited about the opportunities in front of you.
I appreciate that. Maybe on a technology that gets a lot of focus in the market is liquid cooling. Can you talk about your thoughts on that technology? And what does it mean for Trane as liquid technology continues to take share, at least in the data center vertical?
Yes, I think it's a great technology. I think, as I said, the data center vertical continues to move. Think -- I'm going to use very simple terms so everyone can get on the same page as to what this is. In a thermal management system within a data center, think of it as the chiller, right? So that's what's taking the -- removing the heat. Think of it in the data hall, Think of that as all air handling. You'll hear terms like the aspect ratios, et cetera. Then you have a CDU cooling distribution unit. What that's doing is it's taking this chilled water and dispersing it where it's required to which rack. And then on the rack, you would have a cold plate, okay? And the cold plate is removing the heat from the chips themselves, again, closer to where the heat is being generated for that particular source.
Now we look at this at a system level. Again, one of our competitive advantages as a company is we look at everything at a system level. And we're very, very strong, and obviously, in the chiller side, we're very, very strong in the air handling or the aspect side of that. We've just introduced a cooling distribution unit, and we have partners on the cold plate side. But again, we think of it at a system level. And not all data centers are designed that way, but certainly ones that have a high heat load will be designed that way.
I appreciate that. Maybe moving over to the market a little bit. You guys on Commercial HVAC America saw a really strong order inflection in the second quarter. Can you talk about what drove that? Is that data center gets even stronger? Is it a broadening out to some of these other 13 and 14 verticals that maybe don't get talked about as much?
Well, we wanted to be intentional on the call to say that we had strong data center growth in the second quarter on orders. And in that vertical, you can still see lumpiness in terms of the size of the order book. To Dave's point, we look at the pipeline. We have a lot of conversations with customers as to what the future orders will be. But ultimately, what's the booking is a PO and a signed PO. But we thought it was really important to highlight that ex data centers, we saw strong growth in the rest of our 13 verticals that we track. And as we think about investments for the service technicians that support the applied portfolio, the investments we're making to our sales associates, it's making sure we've got the coverage across all the verticals.
We'll continue to win more than our -- I don't want to say fair share. I think our innovation leads in that space on the data center side. But the key for us is to keep looking at the opportunities in the other verticals. We've had some quarters where we've talked about office was strong. And you look at vacancy rates, and they're still in the mid- to high 20s in many cities, but there's still opportunities in that vertical to upgrade existing Class A buildings, take Class B buildings to Class A. And as more employees are coming back to the office, coming back to work, these are some of the investments that companies want to show that we made to the space to make it more productive. We love the health care and the education space.
If any of you have gone to a college campus and you've toured higher ed, they talk about the space and the investments they've made to the dormitories, the space that they've made in investments to the library in a conducive learning environment. The competition for those dollars is intense. And you can see the growth we've seen in higher ed is putting more dollars to those investments to make it a safe and learning environment. So we love being connected to all the verticals that we track.
And by the way, Chris is taking his kids to college...
It sounds like a lot of college tours...
But it's such an opportunity, this higher ed. I mean I was up at MIT. I got invited. I didn't get in. But I mean, just the opportunities that exist on these campuses. I mean, think about this, this is a lot of their buildings are quite -- they're older, right? They don't have the infrastructure. It's developing solutions to leverage the infrastructure that is in that building, so they're not ripping down walls. And we're really clever at how we do that. So again, higher ed, just another example of a vertical that we're very, very strong in that we've had a lot of success on.
One thing that stood out to me on Q2 was Americas margins. If I remember correctly, those are high 30s incremental. Obviously, a lot of cost inflation out there. You guys had negative mix with resi coming down. I guess what drove that? And how should we think about that going forward?
Yes. I think the tape going back probably 10 years ago is what does the margin differential look like when you look at the residential business versus the transport business versus the commercial HVAC business. And look, we look at all those businesses are going to have strong investments, and they need to have leverage that's 25% or better as we go into -- into any year. But I think that's old tape in terms of what was the margin dynamic of those businesses. And I'll give you an example, look to the Asia segment for us. It represents about 7% of the company, but it's 90-plus percent commercial HVAC in terms of mix.
It has the highest margins of the company. And then you look at the Americas, very strong margins as well, and you've got a mix of residential transport and with commercial HVAC. But think of it as we continue to make investments in the business. When you get strong volumes, we get the nice incrementals on that from volume. Price over cost was favorable or price over inflation was favorable on a dollar and margin basis. And we just continue to make the investments each and every quarter nonstop. That's the key is don't slow that down at all.
So is it -- does it feel like these -- you guys have been on a big investment journey for 3 years. And I know it's not stopping. I just think that. But is it that these are starting to pay dividends and there's maybe just putting more either fixed costs in the business and leveraging that more so?
I think they've always been creating benefits. We've got a pretty rigorous process within the company as we evaluate large dollar investments that ultimately come up to Dave and myself and an enterprise investment review board. And it not only culminates with let's have a conversation around and get approval for the investment, but let's do a look back 6 months, 12 months, 18 months in the future to make sure we got the returns on that. And we take that information back into the next round of investments to make sure we're always getting the best information out to our teams as we're thinking about sizing markets and what's the right investment to make.
And I would also look at what we're able to deliver on the top line because a lot of our investments are focused on channel or training of channel. So it's not just hard assets, the investments. Some of it is a little bit soft on the softer side, but it's what's helping us drive the growth that we have in our company.
I appreciate that. Maybe if we could talk about commercial unitary or the light commercial market. I guess, any trends to call out that you're seeing there? And then any -- could you talk about the interplay, if any, between the applied and the unitary business? Because I know they're not so black and white...
Well, I mean, in the second quarter, we talked about applied being stronger than unitary, but both were positive. So look, unitary was positive results in the second quarter. Is there interplay between the 2? On particular jobs for sure, right? When I talk about a broad portfolio of products, you need to be able to have that so that you can solve issues or systems within a hospital, for example. In a hospital, you could have a maglev chiller in the basement and you could have a rooftop in a different part of an annex that's associated with the hospital.
If you didn't have that rooftop, you'd be telling the customer to go somewhere else to get that. And we try to make it very simple for the customer. And what we like to do is connect all the assets, right, from a digital standpoint. So we're able to make sure that they're operating the way they should be operating. And now with BrainBox AI, we're actually able to not only operate the assets the way they were designed, but we then take that and compare it to how the building is being used. And by the way, there's a difference there, so you can drive more efficiency.
Appreciate that. Anyone who reads my research knows that I've been a big proponent of U.S. reshoring and a big pushback is you can't really make things profitably in the U.S. You guys are, I believe in my coverage, the biggest U.S. manufacturer. So I guess, one, why is it important for you to produce in the U.S.? And two, is it bringing competitive tailwinds as we just kind of continue to see protectionism around the country?
Yes. I mean just to put some numbers around it, we have about, I think, I don't know, up to 45 or 50 plants on a global basis. In the United States, we have 25, the United States, okay? Not North America, the United States, we have 25. And I think we all understand there's a difference there. Look, we believe in manufacturing in the region in which we sell. And it's been our strategy for decades, and it will be going forward. What we're doing is we're encouraging our supply chain to also be our partners in the region in which we manufacture. I was on a -- I was on a show not too long ago, one of the CNBC shows, and I was being asked about surcharges, right? This is early days with the tariffs. And this was right after -- if you remember, Amazon was being criticized for saying they were going to have surcharges because of tariffs.
So my luck is I get on this show the next day. And if you've ever been on one of these live TV shows, you basically, whatever the news of the day is expect a question on it. Regardless of what it is, you're going to get a question on it. So this particular anchor was asking me, so what about these surcharges you talked about in your earnings release? And I was like, yes, I try to get away from it. And -- but he comes back a second time with the same question. It goes back a third time. And he finally says to me he goes, "I want to know what you're going to tell Donald Trump if he calls your cell phone right now. I kid you not, this is -- you can go watch this news. And the live TV, you got about a second to make a decision on this.
And I looked at them and I said, President Trump, I think Trane Technologies is the model company. We're the company you're looking for. We're the company that manufactures in the region in which we sell our products. In the United States, we have 25 plants. We've created over 3,600 jobs in the last 4 years, right here in the United States. And we're encouraging our suppliers to follow us. Now Tier 1, it's easy. Tier 2 and Tier 3, it becomes harder. And that's where the detail matters. And that's the work that our teams are doing. So anyways, I don't advise you going on live TV having to answer those questions. But I do believe we're the model company. And I know we get hung up on what's happening in the United States. In Europe, there's a lot of administrations there that we're very close with as well. And in Asia, the same. We're a global company, and we're not just thinking about what the rules are here. We operate on a very homogeneous but yet local level around the globe.
I appreciate that. And maybe kind of talking about some of those global markets here to wrap. Europe has been a good one for you guys. APAC has been under pressure. Kind of what do you see in those markets? And what should we expect when we look out?
Yes, Europe is -- had been slow growth, the markets, okay? We've obviously -- if you look at our results, you'd say, well, okay, that didn't matter to you because if you look at our growth rates over an extended period of time, we've had great innovation there. We have a great team there, and we've been able to take a lot of market share. Asia Pacific, not that dissimilar. We certainly have -- China has been a slow market for us. We've tightened our credit policy in China. We're now lapping that. So the comps get easier. But the rest of Asia has been very strong, right?
India is very strong. Outside of China, we've had great results. And like I said, the comps get easier in China. So look, we have tremendous opportunities within Trane Technologies, not just here in the United States, but really on a global basis. And yes, data centers are strong. And yes, we're strong in data centers. but we're also strong in a lot of other verticals, which gives us that diversity. And we have a service business that's 1/3 of the company that has demonstrated, demonstrated low teens growth on a compound annual growth rate for the last 4 years. So we're super excited about the future, and we see a lot of opportunities in front of us.
Well, we're up on time. Thank you guys so much.
All right. Thank you all for coming today.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Morgan Stanley’s 13th Annual Laguna Conference
Trane Technologies — Morgan Stanley’s 13th Annual Laguna Conference
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Trane stellt sich als wachstumsstarkes, systemorientiertes HVAC‑ und Service‑Unternehmen dar: Service (≈1/3 Umsatz) und Commercial‑Geschäft, insbesondere Rechenzentren, treiben Wachstum; digitale Lösungen und kontinuierliche Investitionen bleiben Priorität.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Wachstum & Portfolio: 5‑Jahres‑CAGR ~12%; 190 neue Produkte letztes Jahr; Direktvertrieb plus Service‑Geschäft als Wettbewerbsvorteil.
- Residential: ~15% des Konzerns; Juli‑Markt ~‑30% signalisiert Absatzdruck; Management erwartet Q3 Dollarrückgang bis zu 20% und für 2024 eventuell hoher einstelliger Rückgang statt früherer „flach“‑Erwartung, aber keine heutige Guidance‑Anpassung.
- Digital & Service: Übernahme/Integration von BrainBox AI (+20k Gebäude), neue Trainingsstätte in North Carolina, Remote‑Diagnostik und gezielte Rekrutierung (z.B. Veteranen) zur Skalierung des Aftermarkets.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Guidance: Keine formelle Anpassung heute; CFO verweist auf Update im Oktober‑Earnings‑Call.
- Quantifizierung: Volljahres‑Impact Residential grob ~$250M Umsatz (≈$100M Q3, $150M Q4) wenn hoher einstelliger Rückgang eintritt; EPS‑Effekt laut Mgmt nicht material, eher Q4‑lastig.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Ursachen Residential: Mischung aus Channel‑Inventory, Preis/Mix, höhere Zinsen, Bau‑/Hausverkäufe und lokale Supply‑Schwierigkeiten bei neuem Kältemittel (R454B) wurden diskutiert.
- Rechenzentren & Technik: Nachfrage‑Inflektion sichtbar; Trane betont Systemansatz (Chiller, CDU, Partner‑Coldplates) und Liquid‑Cooling als wachsende, aber segment‑abhängige Lösung.
- Margen & Investitionen: Fragen zur Hebung aus Investitionen; Management beschreibt strengere Investment‑Review‑Prozesse und erwartet Skaleneffekte/Incrementals bei Volumen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Kurzfristig Belastung durch Residential, aber Management sieht das als begrenzten, nicht‑strukturellen Rückschlag. Langfristiger Werttreiber bleiben Service, digitale Plattformen und Rechenzentrumsexposure; Anleger sollten Q3/Q4‑Updates beobachten, da dort mögliche EPS‑Effekte konkretisiert werden.
Trane Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to the Trane Technologies Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Regina, and I will be your operator for the call. The call will begin in a few moments with the speaker remarks and the Q&A session.
[Operator Instructions]
I will now turn the call over to Zach Nagle, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and thank you for joining us for Trane Technologies second Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. This call is being webcast on our website at tranetechnologies.com where you'll find the accompanying mentation. We're also recording and archiving this call on our website.
Please go to Slide 2. Statements made in today's call that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of federal securities law. Please see our SEC filings for a description of some of the factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from anticipated results. This presentation also includes non-GAAP measures, which are explained in the financial tables attached to our news release.
Joining me on today's call are Dave Regnery, Chair and CEO and Chris Kuehn, Executive Vice President and CFO.
With that, I'll turn the call over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Zach, and everyone, for joining today's call. Please turn to Slide 3. I'd like to begin with a few minutes on our purpose-driven strategy, which enables our leading financial results. The global demand for energy is increasing at an unprecedented rate while many areas lack access to reliable power sources. But this is not just a supply equation. At Trane Technologies, we see tremendous opportunities on the demand side. In an average building, we estimate a staggering 30% of energy after the meter is wasted. Our solutions are addressing this head on, helping our customers save energy and reduce emissions with a strong return on investment. We are setting the pace for the industry and paving the way to a more sustainable world with our leading innovation, robust customer demand and talented team. We're well positioned to deliver differentiated shareholder value over the long term.
Please turn to Slide #4. Q2 was another strong quarter, marked by record bookings and revenues, a 90 basis point expansion in adjusted operating margins and 18% growth in adjusted EPS. Our Enterprise and Americas Commercial HVAC organic bookings reached new all-time highs with increases of 4% and over 20%, respectively.
In our Americas commercial HVAC business, we continued to lead the industry by solving our customers' most complex challenges with Applied Solutions in large, high-growth verticals. Notably, orders for Applied Solutions surged by over 60% in the quarter and are up over 120% on a 2-year stack. Our commercial HVAC businesses have demonstrated remarkable durability and resilience, achieving compounded growth over multiple years. Our project pipelines are expanding, underscoring continued opportunities ahead. Our direct sales strategy enables us to capture a significant share of these opportunities and consistently outgrow our end markets. Our backlog remained strong at $7.1 billion, up 6% compared to year-end 2024.
While there was a sequential decline from the first quarter of approximately $125 million, this was due to expected backlog reductions in our shorter-cycle businesses, mainly residential. Our commercial HVAC book-to-bill ratio exceeds 100% in all regions, further elevating our global commercial HVAC backlog. Our services business remains robust, representing 1/3 of our enterprise revenues.
We delivered low teens growth in the quarter and have maintained a low teens compound annual growth rate since the inception of Trane Technologies in 2020. We are effectively managing and mitigating all enacted tariffs and inflationary impacts through our world-class business operating system. This system includes advanced mechanisms for pricing, supply chain management and scenario planning, which we leverage to offset tariffs, drive market outgrowth and minimize the impact on our customers.
As we review the key drivers for the quarter, our results were in line with expectations with 2 notable exceptions. First, Americas Commercial HVAC. This business continues to be formed exceptionally well, exceeding our expectations and aligning with our track record of consistent market outperformance.
Second, residential HVAC revenues fell short of our expectations due to a near-term industry shortage of R454B refrigerant cylinders. However, the strength in our Americas Commercial HVAC business more than compensated for this, positively impacting our adjusted EPS for the quarter. Overall, we are confident in raising our full year revenue and EPS guidance, which Chris will cover in more detail shortly.
Please turn to Slide #5. In our Americas segment, as we discussed, commercial HVAC continues to deliver standout performance. In the first quarter of 2025, this business achieved all-time high quarterly bookings. In the second quarter, we surpassed this record by nearly $300 million with growth of over 20%. Revenue growth continues to be exceptional, increasing by mid-teens on top of a mid-20s growth comp in the prior year. Our market outgrowth has been consistent compounding year after year. For perspective, in the second quarter, 3-year stack commercial HVAC revenues are up approximately 60% with equipment up approximately 80% led by Applied. Our growth in Applied Solutions is broad-based, aided by market outgrowth in sectors with large CapEx investments such as data centers and high-tech industrial.
These sectors require the most complex Applied Solutions and our ability to win more than our fair share of business here adds to our leading growth profile. CapEx spend in these sectors is expected to remain high over the next several years, providing further growth opportunities. In addition, Applied Solutions carry strong service revenue tails, generating 8 to 10x the equipment sale, meaning the majority of the revenue from our Applied growth is still ahead of us.
Turning to residential. Revenues were down mid-single digits due to the near-term cylinder related headwinds I discussed earlier. However, combining our strong first quarter revenues up high teens with our second quarter, our year-to-date residential revenues are up 3%. Additionally, we saw very strong growth in the second quarter of 2024, up low teens, which was a multiple of the industry growth rate. Given the varying business models of mix of 2-step versus 3-step distribution across the industry, it's important to look at residential over the long term to get a clear picture of growth trends. In Americas transport refrigeration, bookings were up low single digits, while revenues were down low single digits, significantly outperforming end markets, which were down over 30%.
In EMEA, Commercial HVAC bookings were down low single digits against a tough 20% prior year growth comp. However, 2-year stack bookings were strong, up high teens. Revenues were up low single digits, impacted by timing of customer shipments from Q2 into the second half. EMEA Transport organic bookings were down low single digits, while revenues were up low single digits, significantly outperforming end markets, which were down low single digits.
In Asia Pacific, the quarter met our expectations as we approach the anniversary of our tightened credit policies in China, we expect results to improve. The region is on track to meet full year 2025 expectations for flat revenues with stronger performance in the rest of Asia.
Now I'd like to turn the call over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #6. This slide underscores our robust second quarter performance. Organic revenues increased by 7%. Adjusted EBITDA margins expanded by 70 basis points and adjusted EPS rose by 18%. Our Services business delivered impressive organic revenue growth up in the low teens, while our equipment business achieved mid-single-digit growth despite softer residential results.
Please turn to Slide #7. Our Americas segment delivered 9% revenue growth, driven by our commercial HVAC business. Adjusted EBITDA margins increased by 120 basis points to 24%, marking a record quarterly EBITDA for the segment. Margin expansion was fueled by volume growth, productivity and price realization despite softer residential revenue. In EMEA, revenue growth was up 3% and adjusted EBITDA margin declined by 200 basis points, consistent with our expectations.
We are doubling down on channel investments and M&A integrations in 2025 to support our growth and position for future opportunities. These strategic investments are impacting margins this year as expected. In Asia Pacific, revenue declined by high single digits and adjusted EBITDA margin contracted by 220 basis points, primarily due to lower volumes in China, consistent with our expectations.
Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #8. 2025 is shaping up largely as expected with modest adjustments in our Americas commercial HVAC and residential outlooks. In residential, we faced temporary headwinds mainly affecting Q2 and Q3 of 2025 due to the cylinder shortage. We expect this issue to improve in Q3 and be resolved by year-end. At this point in the selling season, we also believe it's prudent to factor inventory normalization into the second half outlook. The estimated revenue impact of these combined headwinds is roughly $150 million for the second half. We now expect residential revenues to be flat for the full year versus our prior expectations of mid- to high single-digit growth. We expect to return to a healthy GDP plus framework over the long term.
On the positive side, our Americas Commercial HVAC business continues to exceed expectations, particularly in complex bespoke to Applied Solutions, leveraging our best-in-class operating system and direct sales force. We have consistently outperformed our end markets over multiple years. For 2025, we are raising our Americas Commercial HVAC outlook from high single digits to low double digits. Overall, while we're addressing temporary challenges in residential, the strength of our commercial HVAC business more than offsets these impacts and provides clear long-term benefits for our stakeholders.
And now I'd like to turn the call back over to Chris. Chris?
Thanks, Dave. Please turn to Slide #9. We are raising our revenue guidance to approximately 8% organic growth, up from 7% to 8% previously, and our adjusted EPS to approximately $13.05, up 16% year-over-year and up from $12.70 to $12.90 previously. With the U.S. dollar softening through the end of Q2, we now expect FX to be neutral for the year. M&A contribution remains unchanged at 100 basis points for the year. We expect to manage and mitigate all enacted tariff impacts through proactive measures, including pricing. Based on tariffs in place as of July 28, we estimate the cost impact in 2025 to be approximately $140 million, roughly half of our estimate provided at the end of the first quarter, and our full year organic revenue growth guidance includes an estimated pricing impact from tariffs.
The tariff environment remains dynamic, and we will provide updates as appropriate throughout the year. We continue to target organic leverage of 25% or higher for the year, consistent with our long-term goals, and we anticipate another year of 100% or greater free cash flow conversion. For the third quarter, we expect approximately 6% organic revenue growth and around $3.80 in adjusted EPS, consistent with the outlook dynamics Dave highlighted earlier. For additional details related to our guidance, please refer to Slide 16.
And please turn to Slide #10. We remain committed to our balanced capital allocation strategy focused on deploying excess cash to maximize shareholder returns. First, we strengthened our core business through relentless and reinvestment. Second, we maintain a strong balance sheet to ensure flexibility as markets evolve. Third, we expect to deploy 100% of excess cash over time. Our approach includes strategic M&A to enhance long-term returns and share repurchases when the stock trades below intrinsic value.
Please turn to Slide #11. Year-to-date through July, we've deployed approximately $1.5 billion through our balanced capital allocation strategy, including $420 million to dividends and approximately $15 million to M&A and $900 million to share repurchases and $150 million for debt retirement. These figures exclude $260 million from M&A and $100 million from share repurchases made earlier in the year, which were included in our full year 2024 capital deployment targets as discussed during our fourth quarter earnings call.
We have approximately $5.3 billion remaining under repurchase authorizations, providing us with significant share repurchase optionality moving forward. Our M&A pipeline remains active, and we will continue to be disciplined in our approach. Overall, our strong free cash flow, liquidity, balance sheet and substantial share repurchase authorization, offer excellent capital allocation optionality as we move forward.
Now I'd like to turn the call back over to Dave. Dave?
Thanks, Chris. Please turn to Slide #13. The Americas transport refrigeration markets have been volatile as have ACT's forecast, but the long-term outlook remains strong. For 2026 and 2027, ACT projects a strong rebound with greater than 20% growth each year. We're managing well through the down cycle. We continue to invest in innovation and we look forward to adding another significant growth driver to our enterprise portfolio in 2026 and beyond.
Please go to Slide #14. In summary, we have the optimal strategy, team and capabilities to deliver leading financial performance in 2025 and beyond. Our uplifting inclusive culture helps us attract the best talent in the market, powering our innovation. Our solutions offer strong returns to customers and also contribute to a sustainable world. This drives our consistent track record of leading financial performance and positions us to deliver differentiated shareholder value over the long term. And now, we'd be happy to take your questions. Operator?
[Operator Instructions]
Our first question comes from the line of Chris Snyder with Morgan Stanley.
2. Question Answer
I wanted to ask on commercial HVAC, specifically in the Americas, obviously, this business has been strong for a number of years. But the Q2 order acceleration was really a standout kind of 20% plus versus low to mid-single digit in the prior quarters. So can you maybe just kind of talk about what end markets are driving that acceleration? Are you seeing a broadening of the strength? And do you think commercial HVAC could be getting better?
Chris, thanks for the question. This is Dave. I'll start and let Chris add in. Look, we had an exceptionally strong results in Q2 2025 for our commercial HVAC business here in the Americas. You said an all-time high, bookings up over 20%. I would also tell you revenue was very strong, was up [indiscernible] bookings were up over 40% and it's led by Applied. Our Applied Solutions were up over 60% in the quarter. Our 2-year stack applied is up over 120%. So yes, we are executing extremely well in that business.
And I would tell you, to your question, it's really broad-based growth once again. And yes, sure, we had some nice strength in health care. We had nice strength in government. We had strength in data centers. We had strength in higher ed. But as I look across the 14 verticals that we track, I would tell you the majority of them were positive, which you would expect from Trane Technologies with our direct sales force with expertise across all of these verticals.
So look that team continues to execute well. And I would just -- before I turn it over to Chris, the pipeline of activity. We do a lot of work tracking pipelines. And I would tell you that, that remains very, very strong. And the last point I'll make is our services business, once again, here we are at low teens growth, that shouldn't be a surprise to anyone because our compound annual growth rate really since the inception of Trane Technologies has been in that same range. So very strong and I'm very proud of what that team has been able to accomplish. Chris, I don't know if you have anything you want to add?
I'll add on the bookings and the revenue growth. If you remove data centers from the vertical very strong growth ex data centers in both revenues and bookings. So we like that growth in data centers. We were strong in data centers in the quarter, but you removed that very strong growth as well.
Yes. The only other thing I would add, Chris, because I know it's a typical question is, well, what happened with Applied and unitary, and obviously, we had a lot of strength in Applied, but I would tell you, both were positive. So applied was stronger than unitary. But as you would expect, because of the broad-based growth that we're seeing, we're serving again, all the verticals and some of those verticals are more dominated with unitary product versus applied.
No. I really appreciate that. super supportive to hear about the broadening. But I did kind of want to follow up on what does that mean for the service flywheel. In the past, Dave, you've talked about maybe [ 2-year ], rough lag between when the equipment starts driving service revenues. And if you look at commercial HVAC equipment, is top line accelerated in '23 and '24, kind of first where it was at previously. So what does that mean kind of for the outlook for service into the back half of the year? And then any color on what's implied for the back half service growth guide.
Well, you're spot on, right? Our service business is really built around our applied portfolio. It doesn't mean we don't service unitary, but it's really built around our applied portfolio. And we model that it's 8 to 10x versus the equipment price, what we'll get over services over the life of that asset. So as this -- it's a compounding effect, right? So you could see that our growth has really been quite substantial for a number of years, and that compounding is now starting to impact our service business.
So look, we're at the low teens. I'm not going to commit more to that because I think that's very healthy. But we have -- we're putting a lot of investments in our service business, and it's 1/3 of our company and I would tell you, it's very, very resilient, and it's got a lot of upside in the future. Chris, I don't know if you want to add anything.
Yes. And as we described Services, on a regional basis, the margins with Services are accretive to the segment margins of each of our regions. And to your point, Chris, yes, it takes maybe a couple of years post warranty to start seeing the inflection point of revenues. But we're connected to those customers from day 1. We're making sure maintenance is getting performed, executing to service plans and that 5-year CAGR now of low double-digit services growth gives us a lot of confidence, that revenue is really in front of us when we think about these applied bookings today.
Yes. Just one other point is if you think about it today, right, Services roughly. If you go to our commercial HVAC business, think about half equipment, half services. Another thing that's really accelerating services is these connected solutions. And we were talking about the other day, I had a meeting on how many connected buildings do we have with brain box included in that equation, we're up to over 60,000 connected buildings and millions of connected assets. So now we're able to have a lot of structured data that we've had as Trane Technologies, adding on brain box, we're now starting to augment that with some the unstructured data, and it's -- as far as the energy efficiency that we're able to achieve in buildings now, is not only getting the building to operate the way it was designed. It's -- how can we even do better than that versus how the building is actually being utilized. So it's a very exciting time at Trane Technologies, specifically in our services business.
Our next question comes from the line of Julian Mitchell with Barclays.
Maybe just first off, I wanted to try and understand the second half Americas organic sales growth outlook a little bit better. So I suppose, is the sort of Americas framework, it's kind of high single digit organic growth, both Q3 and Q4, and then you have resi and transport down mid-single in both quarters year-on-year. Is that the right way to think about that guidance?
Julian, it's Chris. Yes, we've guided the third quarter to 6% organic revenue growth. And then the implied guidance for the fourth quarter would be in that 9-ish percent range. But think about commercial HVAC Americas being very consistent Q3 and Q4, really up low double digits in both quarters. It's a tougher compare actually in the third quarter to prior year results in commercial HVAC up high teens and easier compare in the fourth quarter for commercial HVAC up mid-teens a year ago. But think of that business as continuing to execute. We've got a lot of visibility in the backlog to when projects need to be shipped and revenued. So we see that being consistent across the quarters.
Think of transport probably more down in the third quarter as we -- as Dave explained, those markets continue to be under pressure. Maybe that's a little more flattish in the fourth quarter. And then residential, we've in the second half of the year [ have taken ] about $150 million of revenue out in the second half, think of that as more in the third quarter than the fourth quarter. So we're expecting residential to be down more in that high single-digit range for Q3. And we'll sequentially do better in the fourth quarter. So probably that give you a little bit of context around the Americas segment.
That's great, Chris. And then my second question, I suppose, just following up on that residential side of things. Sort of help us understand on the cylinder point, the sort of progress on getting that resolved. And beyond that supply chain issue, I suppose on the demand side, are you seeing any change in customer behavior around sort of mixing down or repair versus replace anything on the competitive side shifting?
Yes. Julian, this is Dave. Look, we started the year in Q1, very strong in residential. We were up in the high teens. The second quarter was down 6%. Year-to-date, we're up 3%. Look, we have a very, very high concentration in our inventory channels a 454 product. And when we had a bottleneck that occurred really towards the end of April, we were impacted. We reacted quickly. We've been overcharging units from the factory since May. We're working very closely with the suppliers of the refrigerants. So we know what they have committed to us. We know what they have committed to the industry. I mean, I guess the good news is, it was an impact, it's isolated, okay? And as we sit here on the -- what's it, the 30th of July, I would say that if we could argue whether it's 90% or 95% of this is behind us. But we're looking forward, and we'll get this business back to what our framework is, which over the long term, which is a GDP plus business.
In the second half, we're forecasting inventory coming out of the channel. And we talked about having high inventory at the end of the first quarter. Unfortunately, that inventory is still there as we exited the second quarter. So that will burn through -- and as Chris said, that will be more of an impact in Q3 versus Q4. On your question on repair versus replace, look, it was probably a difficult quarter to be able to decipher what's happening there with the bottleneck and refrigerant. We'll see what happens as the year progresses. But we haven't seen anything, but again, I think it was probably the -- it was not the optimal quarter to see if that's actually moving words to repair versus replace, but we're obviously watching that very closely.
The last thing I'll say on residential is, and I know you heard me say this at the end of the first quarter when we had high teens growth. look at residential over the long term, right? There's a lot of different models out there as far as how we satisfy this channel 2 step, 3 step, and you could have 1 competitor look like they're gaining share and then losing share, look at the long term and look at the growth trends over the long term. And the good news is as we look forward to getting back to our framework, which is a GDP-plus business.
Our next question comes from the line of Scott Davis with Melius Research.
It's getting a broken record, but congrats again on the numbers and such. A couple of little ones. I mean, your incrementals sequentially went up from kind of 25% to 32%. Was that mostly just a mix? Or was there a timing on investment spend or any other kind of things that impacted that?
Scott, it's Chris. I'll start. I mean, in the quarter, nice growth in our services business, right? We like the margins and services, really good productivity in the factories, and it's a hallmark to make sure that we're offsetting other inflation with productivity, and that was strong in the quarter. And then even the volume growth, we got strong leverage on that. So all in, really just managing the full P&L here in the second quarter, but it gives us a lot of confidence that the full year will be 25% or better incrementals.
Yes. But don't think that we haven't stopped investing, Scott, because we continue to invest at a very high level back into the business. It's all about future growth.
Yes. Understood. Guys, you seem more confident in the China outlook this quarter then back in April. Has the entire market adjusted? I mean, I know your U.S. competitors have followed suit with pricing terms and credit and such down payments, et cetera. But has the -- have your foreign competitors adjusted in suit? And has there been a kind of a reset of that market with add more favorable terms for you guys?
I think it's mixed. I mean the good news there is, look, in Asia, we've really met our expectations. We think the full year is going to be flat. It's a smaller part of our business, as you know, but the good news is, look, we're -- our anniversary of our tightened credit policy is upon us. So the comps certainly get easier. But with that said, our team, if you look at the sequentials, right, and we spent a lot of time analyzing this, the sequentials are improving. Now you got to take seasonality out of that, but the sequentials are improving from when we first put in these new credit policies to where we are today. So look, we're very confident in saying that Asia will be flat for the year. And the good news is our China credit policies have had a 1-year birthday. So we're moving forward. Scott, I love your videos, too, so keep it up, okay?
I'll try, thanks.
Our next question comes from the line of Amit Mehrotra with UBS.
I guess, Chris, moving to the higher end of the CapEx range. Do we think the higher CapEx translates to kind of a burning of the backlog? Or you still expect backlog to stay elevated? And just kind of related to that, I think 50% of the product revenue is sitting in backlog today. So just curious in terms of how much visibility does that give you actually into 2026 from where we stand today.
Yes. We're -- backlog remains elevated through the end of the second quarter. And our expectation, Amit, is that it's going to remain elevated through the balance of this year going into next year. We're building backlog already for 2026 and beyond. We've got about $2.5 billion in backlog for '26 and beyond at this point in time. So it's giving us some good visibility to next year. But with lead times really coming in over the last 18 months, 24 months, you're seeing orders getting placed at roughly a time that's maybe only 6 months away, 9 months away from when deliveries go out, especially in the applied space. So really then refers to what Dave talked about on pipelines, making sure we have really good insight on the pipelines and those continue to be growing. So yes, I think backlog will remain elevated. And right now, it's actually over 90% of our backlog is commercial HVAC globally and the majority of that supply.
The good news that, is we were kind of early in the CapEx, investing in capacity. And now with really the surge in our Applied Business, we're able to meet our customers' expectations from a delivery standpoint. So no issues.
That's helpful. And then Dave, just one follow-up on growth in data centers and how that growth piece is kind of evolving. I mean where obviously some of these next-generation chips are proliferating now more than they were before. I noticed you guys talked about kind of expanding your liquid cooling product last month, I think, if I saw that correctly. Can you just talk about -- I know you guys are very well positioned in that vertical and you've been doing it for a long time. But in terms of the fastest-growing parts within the data center, can you just talk about how you guys are positioned there?
Yes. I mean I think the data center vertical, and I've been saying this for years now, it's one of those verticals that moves really, really fast from a technology standpoint. And we're on it, right? We're constantly working with the data center customers, which I can't name by name, but they're constantly in our labs, and we're working together. So yes, we did introduce a CDU, that's part of the solution. Our -- obviously, our water cooled, air cooled portfolio is extremely important there. Our handling systems are very important there, different aspect ratios of those air handling systems are very important there. We like to look at things at a system level, okay?
And when you do that, you start to see where the opportunities are. And customers -- these customers want a strong partner, and they want a differentiation. I mean I was telling the group the other day, we did a project in Australia, and I can't see who it was with. But we measure efficiencies of systems by the COP, or coefficient of performance. And we were able to get a coefficient of performance for this customer in Australia, a very large data center, the COP was north of 10. And that was like unheard of.
If I told someone that 4 years ago, they think I was kidding them, right? So this is -- these are the types of innovations that are very clever experienced engineering teams are able to develop with these data center customers. So look, we're excited about data centers, but we're more than just data centers, you could tell that by our broad-based growth.
Our next question comes from the line of Andy Kaplowitz with Citigroup.
Dave or Chris, someone asked about margin, but I wanted to ask it maybe a slightly different way. Like our organic leverage was impressive despite Asia Pacific and European margins down, and I think Q2's America margin was the highest we've seen from Trane. So I'm just trying to figure out how enduring the Americas performance is. I know you said you want to continue to invest, but there's a lot going on, mix up, better productivity. You're burning more complex, large applied jobs. I'm trying to figure out they're accretive or not. So maybe just all this interplay, the durability of this Americas performance moving forward.
Andy, I'll start. Look, I think the old tape of the mix of businesses having different margins. Hopefully, that puts us finally to rest as you think about the commercial HVAC performance in the quarter and what we were able to perform there. But I really think it's to cross the P&L in terms of where we saw the benefits and the leverage, the strong productivity, good incrementals on volumes, price over inflation on a dollar basis and a percentage basis, but also making sure we're making the investments in the business.
So I think the second quarter is really kind of following the same playbook. Margins came in a little bit ahead but healthy leverage there. And again, the services business continues to drive margin accretion as part of 1/3 of the portfolio of the enterprise. So we've not changed the formula. The investment flywheel continues. And we just say that we're really confident that we'll have growth in the full year.
It's helpful, Chris. And then Dave, I think you guys mentioned that your light unitary business is still doing reasonably well, which is a bit of a contrast versus some of your peers. So I know it's difficult to draw lines between larger unitary and applied. But maybe talk about sort of that particular end market and why Trane is outperforming.
Well, look, first of all, I think the unitary market is going to be much softer than the applied market, at least here in the Americas. But look, we continue to -- we're performing well, really. I mean, as I said, applied was much stronger than unitary, both were positive. That's a good thing. And Andy, I think it really goes to the focus we have on the broad base of the verticals that we're servicing. There are some verticals that have more of a concentration around unitary solutions. And with the direct sales force and being able to have expertise within our regional offices, we're able to capture where those growth opportunities are. So it's really just good execution. I would say we're now into the kind of the book and burn kind of side of that unitary with the replacement market with high heat. So we'll see how the year finishes out. But we're happy with our performance right now really across our commercial HVAC businesses, but certainly here in the Americas.
Our next question comes from the line of Joe Ritchie with Goldman Sachs.
Chris, can you maybe just unpack the guidance increase to $0.25 as a midpoint. And it seems like, look, FX is about a $0.05, but are you -- and you're only increasing your organic growth by 50 basis points. So is this just going to be better margins, better performance in the first half? Just help me unpack like the $0.25 number?
Yes. We are last guide for the year was $12.70 at $12.90, and we said we were really at the higher end of that range 3 months ago, Joe. So raising it to $13.05 on the full year Think about that as taking the Q2 beat and then some and passing it through. FX was probably around in that range of what you're talking about. But it really is the operational performance in the business that I think we like putting out guidance that we can meet or achieve or exceed. And the fact is the operational performance really led by commercial HVAC and the execution in the team is really driving the performance and how we think about the outlook for the balance of the year.
On revenues, think about it as -- to get to the 8% on the full year versus where we were 3 months ago, Think of it as a stronger commercial HVAC Americas business. We're taking that guidance up to low double digits in terms of revenue growth. Residential, we think prudently, we've reduced the revenues around $300 million on the full year. That's about rough 1.5 points at the enterprise. So that's a subtraction, and then we're layering in plus and minus tariff pricing where we're really trying to thread the needle between the price/cost equation there on pricing to really offset the cost. Starting with mitigating the cost, but then ultimately trying to price for any residual. So that's really the puts and takes on the top line and then a lot of confidence on the operational performance here driving comfort and raising the bottom line.
Got it. That makes a lot of sense, Chris. And then maybe just my follow-up. Dave, going back to your comments earlier about getting back to being a GDP plus business on the residential side of things, I know it's early, but as you're kind of thinking through maybe beyond this year and this whole -- some of the noise that we're experiencing here because of the refrigerant change. When you started thinking about 2026, is that a year where we start getting back potentially to GDP plus from a volume standpoint on resi HVAC and then also, just how are you thinking about pricing? There's a lot of pricing that went into the system and like the [ unit elasticity ] of your dealer network or customers ultimately taking on additional price in resi.
Yes. Look, first of all, I think we had an isolated incident in Q2, number one, right? And we didn't see that coming. I don't think the industry saw that coming. But -- so there's no structural problems within residential and people need to really understand that. And we've been saying for a while that this is a GDP plus business. So look, there's a lot of noise out there in 2025. A lot of change happening there, a little bump in the road here in Q2, we believe we're going to get back to a GDP plus business. And I'll give you a more definitive answer when we get our -- we report our fourth quarter, we talk about the guide for 2026. But look, overall, this is a good business and don't let the noise confuse you. It's a good solid business. We do well here. And this is going to get back on track here. And like I said, there's no structural problems within the industry.
Our next question comes from the line of Steve Tusa with JPMorgan.
Can you just maybe hash out for resi, what your price and mix expectations are for the back half? And then just help us parse out, I think you guys said $75 million to $100 million in prebuy last year. Maybe square that with the $150 million number.
Let me start with your first question, residential. So we're expecting in the second half. If I remove the 454B impact from volumes, which is really how we started the year and thinking about it. But if we really want to isolate volume impact from price then we're expecting volumes to be down in the second half, more so in the third quarter based on how that $150 million of revenue reduction in the second half, that's more, Steve, in the third quarter than it is in the fourth quarter, but we expect both quarters to see some volume reduction in the second half. Dave talked about having to get some of that inventory out of the channel as well. So we think that that's prudent. Pricing is in that double-digit range, low double-digit range. So net-net, it's a reduction in the second half, and that gets you to roughly flattish on residential for the full year.
Yes, because your mix is included in that volume, right? That's the way you guys reported, the mix is kind of included in your volume discussion.
That's how we started it, but if I remove that mix from volume, and I say, let's just put the isolate volume. Volumes are down, right? I just think that was prudent to maybe talk about it that way this time around.
Yes. Okay. And the $75 million to $100 million at prebuy, that came -- I don't quite recall that came mostly in the fourth, correct, last year that you guys had estimated?
Think of it is $100 million, right? And if you remember, in Q1, we had a very strong Q1, but we said the $100 million is still there. I think we probably replaced the 410 with the 454 product, which is obviously that's where we had the bottleneck that occurred. But we believe that our inventory in that independent wholesale distributor channel is still at an elevated level. Think of it in that $100 million to $125 million range. And there's still a bit of noise with the 454B canister replacements. So that's how you get to the 150, Steve, roughly.
Got it. And then just one last quick one on services. Really good, obviously, growth were in the low double digits. It's decelerating a bit from the mid-teens, you guys did last year. I think the HVAC cycle really picked up a couple of years ago. Is there anything moving around that is influencing that? You said 2 years from the pickup you'd start to see an acceleration. Is there anything going on outside of this chiller tail, if you will, in services? And I guess the implication is, is that low double-digit number that you're seeing today, does that accelerate because of all the applied stuff that you're putting in there now?
Well, we always like to see accelerate things. Look, I think the only -- first of all, we're very happy with our service business. We're investing a lot in it. It is 1/3 of the company, and it's had stellar performance really over a long period of time. If I had to say what's changing there, it really comes to these connected solutions, Steve, I think you early on, we explained to you about how being connected to the asset like -- think of it as continuous commissioning, that has now really started to accelerate. So hopefully, that becomes more of a flywheel in the future, and we have a lot of people working on it and it's part of the -- some of the big investments that we're making there to make sure that we can ensure that this 30% of [indiscernible] be after the meter, we estimate that number to be very conservative is being wasted, right? And we know we have solutions today that can solve that. And I think as the price of energy continues to escalate that's going to become more relevant to everyone and it also provides great, great paybacks for our solutions.
So I think that you're going to hear more of that in the future. I know you're hearing it from Trane Technologies, but you're going to hear more of that in the future because the demand side does not get enough attention. We want to talk a lot about the supply side, the demand side, okay, if we're wasting precious energy, that is something that we can solve relatively quickly and it provides back for customers.
Right. Yes, it's good growth. It's good growth. 12% is very good growth, obviously.
Our next question comes from the line of Jeff Sprague with Vertical Research Partners.
Maybe just a few nits to wrap up here on my side. Just, Chris, back to your comment about resi price mix low double digit. I would have thought mix itself was maybe 10-ish, can you just give us a little bit more color on kind of the mix effect you're getting and then what kind of price you're actually getting on top of that?
Yes. I just put a price mix together, Jeff, and that's up the low double digits here in the second half. That would be inclusive of what we're seeing on 454B and otherwise. So mix is obviously a part of that, but I just put it together.
Okay. And then just on tariffs, again, Chris. So you mentioned your margin positive in the quarter on tariffs. I don't know if that was a tariff isolated number or a total kind of inflation number. But do you see -- do you expectations for the balance of the year imply that you remain margin accretive on inflation?
Yes, Jeff, my comment was really around just price and inflation, all in -- so think about inflation, not just being tariffs, but as we think about our commodities, our Tier 1 or Tier 2 and just making sure that price is staying ahead of inflation, part of our business operating system. That was my comment there. On tariffs, look, it was a pretty modest, almost immaterial impact here in the second quarter. The pricing on tariffs, assuming what we knew as a Monday holds, and it's very dynamic as we all know, with negotiations ongoing. That will ramp as it moves throughout the year. The goal is still to keep mitigating the actual impact, but we know that if there is a net impact, we're going to have to -- plan is to price for it. So don't think of it as it's margin accretive on tariffs. We're going to thread the needle to make sure that it is margin neutral on a dollar basis.
We don't want this to become a profit center. But that may take a little bit of time to get there. But ultimately, that's our target, and we're still executing to that.
Our next question comes from the line of Deane Dray with RBC Capital Markets.
I'm really interested in how many times this revenue multiplier has been talked about on the call, the 8 to 10x over the economic life of the business. How does that vary by -- either by region or probably more by application. I would imagine data centers got to be the highest given how complex and redundancy they have. But maybe it's more how much connected the systems are like that continuous commissioning. So how does that vary, the 8 to 10x? And might it go higher, the more connected the customer is?
I don't see it going more higher, okay? I think the higher would be on the energy savings and it'd probably be a different revenue stream that would be in the future on the digital side. On the 8 to 10x, think of it as it doesn't really vary by region, it would vary by product, okay? So think of it as the more sophisticated chillers are in that 8 to 10x range. Obviously, unitary, we're not including that when we say that because -- and that's not the focus of our service business. But don't think of it as a regional variation, Think of it more as a product variation. And we're obviously very strong in the chiller portfolio, and that's a big part of our service business. So that's where we would see this 8 to 10x tail.
That's really helpful. And just a follow-up on data center, you divided up your commercial, made a reference between data center and non-data center, your competitor yesterday did the same thing. How did data center do in the quarter? So -- and what kind of growth rate are you expecting for the year for that vertical?
Deane, it's a great question. We're not going to size it there. We haven't sized our data center business for various competitive reasons, but I think, think about the applied bookings, and that's where data center bookings would go into, I think we're getting more than our fair share. And I think it really comes down to innovation. It comes down to those relationships that Dave talked about and having the the direct sales force that stays connected with these customers over a long period of time to innovate for the solutions today and then what they want to bring in 2 to 3 years' time.
So the 120% 2-year stack of applied bookings is really indicative of our strength across all the verticals. And just important to highlight, it's not just data centers. And we don't want it to solely be that. These are verticals that have ebbs and flows, and we like having the broad-based growth, so we're there when these verticals, if they're slower now, and they return, we like having that sales force direct and exposed to that. So that's why we just keep investing fully in our services business to make sure we're ready after the applied business comes in, we've got the ability to execute on services.
Our next question comes from the line of Nigel Coe with Wolfe Research.
I promise you no more resi questions. I think we've beaten that dead horse.
Nigel, I was going to ask you what you have in your home, but you probably won't tell me.
I'm not going to disclose the information. It's confidential information, but I'll tell you offline. So here we go. So just want to pick up on the last question around the applied -- the broad-based strength and you called out education and health care. And education, we've had a lot of angst around the asset funding rolloff, muni bond issuance, et cetera. And health care, we know the hospitals have got a lot of funding pressures. So just curious what -- specifically within those 2 end markets, what do you think is driving the continued strength in order patterns?
Yes. Well, education, we've been saying for a while. Look, just because as funding is -- it's not behind us from a revenue stream, but it's behind us from an order stream. Don't assume that market is going to fall up a clip because if anything, the kind of heightened the demand for how underinvested in the infrastructure is of many of the schools around -- certainly here in the United States. So look, we still see activity there, but we see really strong growth in the higher ed side of things. And this is really where the universities are using their physical space and how they control that physical space as a way to attract students into their organization. And if you ever had the opportunity to go on a tour, they'll talk about that, about their dormitories and how they're conditioned and what they're doing for indoor air quality.
So we're seeing a lot of demand there. And as you would expect, that's right in our sweet spot. These are usually complex systems. And in some cases, they're retrofitting buildings that are extremely aged and the solutions sometimes become more complicated than you may imagine. But we're doing really, really well now.
Well, I'm going through that process of my second boy now, so I'll definitely keep my ears up for that indoor quality. I was kind of hoping you're going to talk about heat [indiscernible] sorry?
On a separate question -- a separate call, you could tell me what schools you're going to and I'll let you know, okay?
Okay. Well, let's add that call. But I was kind of hoping you can talk about maybe sort of electrification of heat, but maybe touch in a separate question. But in China, I know it's not a huge business for you, but we're seeing just broad-based another step down, it seems in China, which might not be a big surprise based on the stats we're seeing from the market there. But just maybe talk about what you're seeing in China and more importantly, around pricing, around credit quality and and things like that. Just wondering what -- there could be some risks going forward in China.
Yes. Nigel, I'll start, it's Chris. Look, the Asia region makes up around 7% of our enterprise revenues and half of that would be China.,,-- half of that would be rest of Asia and think of that as 10-plus countries that we operate in. We're seeing the slower markets in China. And to Dave's point, it was a year ago that we implemented the tighter credit policies there. And now starting in the third quarter of 2025, we've got comps that are comparable to that credit policy implementation from a year ago. So we think from a comp perspective, things certainly get easier, but we're watchful. It's a choppy environment for sure. And it's why we're viewing still the Asia segment to be flattish on the full year with declines in China with rest in performance -- positive performance in the rest of Asia. So let's see how it plays out, but we're investing still in that region. It's a region-for-region methodology and a lot of great confidence in the team there.
And Nigel, your question too on electrification and heating, that's still -- I mean it's -- we now have a core portfolio of products on a global basis there, and we're making a lot of headwinds there. It's part of this growth profile that we have.
Our next question comes from the line of Andrew Obin with Bank of America.
Just a little bit on transport. It seems like we are at the bottom. I know that you are referencing the ACT forecast, but the truck cycle and the refresh cycle has been very strange over the past couple of years. What do you guys see in the channel? And when do you think it bottoms? And I do appreciate the ACT disclosure very useful.
Yes. I mean, look, at the end of the day, transport, you're right. It's been very volatile for the last I think we kid ourselves and say we're in year 3 of a 2-year cycle or maybe even year 4 of a 2-year down cycle. So we do see that ACT is going to come back -- or I'm sorry, the market is going to come back in 2026. That's what ACT's saying now. We're looking forward to it.
The key here is make sure that you're investing in the business when it is in a downturn. And that's what we've been able to do, and we have a lot of really cool solutions that we now have in the marketplace. And one of the reasons why we're clearly outperforming the end markets is because of that. But we're looking forward to this coming back in 2026, and we're going to be ready for it. And look, as an old President for Thermo King business in my -- earlier in my career, this is a great business, and it's going to be very successful in the future.
Appreciate it. And then just on data centers, as you have noted, you've introduced the CDU, but any interest in getting more scale in this area through M&A I think there might be some sort of private equity assets available down the line?
Andrew, it's Chris. I mean, as a large player, we get a chance to see just about everything that comes across from an M&A perspective. So we'll remain disciplined. We'll look at returns, we'll look at where we can integrate, where we can drive value. And certainly, we like the space that we're in. We like having the partnerships that we have and then the relationships with customers over time. But as you know, we've got the financial firepower to do almost anything, but we're going to remain disciplined here around M&A.
But is there a sort of a limit on how big an asset -- all your acquisitions have been very prudent, but they've been really bolt-ons. Would you be willing to step up for something larger in a critical area?
Yes. I would just say, look, bolt-ons for us is $1 billion or less, and that number keeps growing as we keep growing. But look, we like the bolt-ons. We like the channel investments. We like the early stage technologies and match it up with deep channel. And so maybe a little bit below the radar, but we've had, I think it's 25 to 30 acquisitions over the last 5 years and...
Deployed [ here].
Yes and deployed over $1 billion of capital to them. I think been closer to $1.5 billion. So look, we like that flywheel. We look at everything, and if we think that there's an option that makes sense, we'll certainly give it a look. But we'll remain disciplined, I think, is the key message.
Our final question will come from the line of Anila Kay with Oppenheimer.
Chris, just to go back to Jeff's question. Can you give us the updated price assumption for the enterprise for the year and then maybe more broadly, we can talk through where pricing power is an applied given the booking strength and the fact that you're always pricing for value creation?
Yes. I think for price on the full year, think of that it's probably a bit above 3 points. We delivered 3 points in the first quarter. We were tracking a bit above 3 points in the second quarter. And for the full year, we're making tariffs in there, we're probably a bit above 3 points on the full year. And then think of volume is really closer to 5 points on the full year.
Perfect. Maybe just add one more. On EMEA, you mentioned those channel investments and the margins improving in the back half. Maybe just if you can help us think about how that translates to growth accelerating, stronger incrementals setting up into '26. I'm sure these investments are really fortifying your channel position there.
Yes. Think of them as investments in the channel for both transport and our commercial HVAC business, thinking about where we have partners and where we want to grow share, and so those are just businesses actually part of the bolt-on acquisitions we've done over the last 6 or 9 months. And they just come with low operating margins that impact the margins in the region. I mean we're talking a bit around the law of small numbers here as well, but very much part of our plans for the year, and you're right, what it does is that it gives us even more optionality to have formidable business forward and continuing to drive revenue growth well above what the markets are showing in both of those platforms.
So this is very modest in terms of the relative scale to EMEA, but we think the right long-term decision here. And I think it will continue to give us confidence we're going to outperform those markets in EMEA.
And that will conclude our question-and-answer session. I'll turn the call back over to Zach Nagle for any closing comments.
I would like to thank everyone for joining on today's call. We much appreciate all the good questions. We'll be on the road in the coming months, and we look forward to seeing many of you there. And obviously, we'll be around over the coming days and weeks to take any investor questions or analyst calls and questions. So we look forward to speaking with you soon. Thanks, and have a great day.
That concludes our call today. Thank you all for joining. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Trane Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
Trane Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz (organic): +7% YoY (Q2), getragen von Commercial HVAC.
- Adj. EPS: +18% YoY (Quartal).
- Adj. Betriebsmarge: +90 Basispunkte; Adj. EBITDA gesamt +70 Basispunkte.
- Backlog: $7,1 Mrd., +6% vs. Jahr‑Ende 2024.
- Services: ~1/3 der Erlöse; organisches Wachstum im niedrigen bis mittleren Teen‑Prozentbereich.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Applied Fokus: Starke Nachfrage bei maßgeschneiderten Lösungen (Applied Bookings +60% im Quartal; 2‑Jahres‑Stack +120%), breite Branchenvernetzung.
- Service‑Flywheel: Services sollen 8–10x Equipment‑Erlös über Lebenszeit erzeugen; Investitionen in vernetzte Lösungen (60.000+ verbundene Gebäude).
- Preis & Betrieb: Proaktive Preis‑, Supply‑Chain‑ und OS‑Maßnahmen zur Kompensation von Inflation und Zöllen; disziplinierte M&A/Share‑Buyback‑Strategie.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahresguide: Organisches Wachstum ~8% (vorher 7–8%), adj. EPS ≈ $13,05 (≈ +16% YoY).
- Q3/Pfad: Q3 ≈ +6% organic, adj. EPS ≈ $3,80; FX jetzt neutral erwartet.
- Risiken: Tariffenschätzung 2025 ≈ $140 Mio. (Stand 28.7.); Residential‑H2‑Einfluss ≈ $150 Mio. (Cylinder‑Problem), Residential FY nun erwartet: flach.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Treiber Commercial: Management nennt breite Endmarktstärke (Data Centers, Healthcare, Higher Ed, Gov.) und direkte Vertriebsstruktur als Grund.
- Service‑Timing: Analysten forderten konkrete Service‑Upside; Management bestätigt langfristiges Potenzial, vermeidet kurzfristige Zusagen über «low‑teens» hinaus.
- Resi & China: Cylinder‑Engpass soll bis Jahresende gelöst sein (Management: ~90–95% hinter sich, Einfluss stärker in Q3); China schwächer, Asien insgesamt flach.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Stärkeres Q2 mit Rekord‑Bookings, Margenausweitung und erhöhter Jahresprognose. Commercial HVAC/Applied liefern nachhaltige Wachstums‑ und Margenimpulse; kurzfristige Residential‑ und Tarif‑Risiken bleiben Überwachungsfaktoren. Kapitalallokation (große Rückkaufautorität, hohe FCF‑Conversion) stützt Aktionärsrendite.
Finanzdaten von Trane Technologies
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Mär '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 21.603 21.603 |
6 %
6 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 13.842 13.842 |
6 %
6 %
64 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 7.761 7.761 |
6 %
6 %
36 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 3.836 3.836 |
6 %
6 %
18 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| EBITDA | 4.303 4.303 |
6 %
6 %
20 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 378 378 |
2 %
2 %
2 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 3.925 3.925 |
6 %
6 %
18 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 2.898 2.898 |
6 %
6 %
13 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Trane Technologies-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Trane Technologies Aktie News
Firmenprofil
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | Irland |
| CEO | Mr. Regnery |
| Mitarbeiter | 44.000 |
| Gegründet | 2009 |
| Webseite | www.tranetechnologies.com |


